Home

CTERA C Series User Guide - Nuvola It Data Space di Telecom Italia

Contents

1. 339 GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE 3 342 Apache License 349 Declaration of Conformity 351 CTERA End User License Agreement This End User License Agreement the Agreement by and between the individual installing and or using the Software as such term is defined below and any legal entity on whose behalf such individual is acting collectively You or you and CTERA Networks Ltd CTERA governs Your use of the object code format of i any software or firmware program embedded or included in any hardware product supplied by CTERA or its authorized partners and ii any software program supplied by CTERA or its authorized partners and iii all accompanying manuals and other documentation and all enhancements upgrades and extensions thereto that may be provided by CTERA or its authorized partners to You from time to time unless otherwise indicated by CTERA the Software PLEASE NOTE BY DOWNLOADING INSTALLING COPYING ACCESSING OR USING THE SOFTWARE OR BY CHOOSING THE I ACCEPT OPTION LOCATED ON OR ADJACENT TO THE SCREEN WHERE THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE DISPLAYED YOU INDICATE YOUR ACKNOWLEDGMENT THAT YOU
2. 249 Managing Users 251 OvervieW 251 Adding and Editing Users 252 Inviting Users to Install CTERA Agent 255 Viewing Users 255 Exporting Users 256 Allocating Disk Quotas to Users 256 Deleting USerS 257 Adding and Editing User Groups 258 Deleting User GroUpS 260 Managing Network Settings 263 Configuring Network Settings 263 Configuring Port Settings 266 Viewing Network and Port Settings
3. 267 Renewing the DHCP Lease 268 Enabling Disabling Link Aggregation 268 Setting Up File Search 271 OvervieW nnn nnn 271 Contents WorkflOW ss eee a ee eae eae 271 Enabling Disabling File Search 272 Scheduling File Index Updates 273 Manually Starting Index UpdateS 275 Using the File Manager e nne ennenncencnncnwcencensnncnnncnncnncone 277 The File Manager ae a 277 Viewing File or Folder Details nnn nnn nnn 279 Downloading Files and FolderS 280 Uploading Files 280 Creating New FolderS 282 Renaming Files and Folders
4. Muting the Power Supply Alarm 0 0 Package Contents Your appliance package contains the following items E CTERA C800 Two power cords E Two Ethernet LAN cables E Two keys for the C800 s lockable disk trays CTERA C Series User Guide 25 4 CTERA C800 Specifications and Installation Rear Panel Network and power connections are made via the appliance s rear panel Device Power LED __ PSU 1 OK LED PSU 2 OK LED 7 Mute Alarm lt Unlock Lever Power LED Handle eSATA LAN 1 LAN2 Serial Port USB 2 Ports The appliance rear panel contains the following elements Table 11 C800 Rear Panel Elements Element Description Device Power LED PSU 1 PSU 2 PSU Power LEDs A LED indicating whether the appliance is operational State Explanation On Green The appliance is on 0 The appliance is off The appliance s power supplies A LED for each power supply indicating whether it is operational State Explanation On Green Input power detected PSU Unlock Levers A lever for each power supply enabling one to unlock it PSU 1 OK LED PSU OK 2 LED A LED for each power supply indicating whether it is in use State Explanation On Yellow The power supply is in use The power supply is not in use 26 CTERA C Series Us
5. 114 Using External Volume Autosharing 126 Using Home Directories 129 Using Guest Invitations 132 Collaborating on ProjectS 140 Accessing Network Shares 146 Using Cloud Backup 151 About the CTERA Cloud Backup Service 151 Workflow 154 Selecting Files and Folders for Cloud Backup 155 Working with Backup Sets 156 Scheduling Automatic Cloud Backup 166 Manually Starting Cloud Backup 168 Canceling the Current Cloud Backup 169 Suspending the Cloud Backup Service
6. 39 The Configuration Tab 40 The Files Tab 43 The My Computers Tabet 43 The Status Bar 43 Accessing Online Help 44 Setting Up the CTERA Appliance 44 Logging Out 48 Connecting to the Web Interface Windows XP Vista 7 8 To connect to the appliance Web interface 1 On a computer connected to the same switch as the appliance view the network neighborhood by doing one of the following J In Microsoft Windows 7 and Microsoft Windows 8 click Start gt Computer then click Network in the left pane The appliance is automatically detected using UPnP and appears in the list of network places amp J In Microsoft Windows Vista click Start gt Network The appliance is automatically detected using UPnP and appears in the list of network places J In Microsoft Windows XP click Start gt My Network Places
7. 230 Configuring the Agent 231 Selecting Files and Folders for File Level Backup 240 Manually Starting Agent Backup 241 Stopping the Current Backup Operation of an Agent 241 Disabling and Enabling Agent Backups 242 Viewing Agent Backups 243 Restoring Files and Folders from the Appliance to the Agent 244 Viewing the Agent Status 245 Viewing Agent Details 246 Monitoring Agents 247 Deleting Agents 249 Overview You can back up data from any computer on your network that is installed with the CTERA Agent to a network share on the appliance You can also use the CTERA Agent to
8. 87 Contents Terminology 87 Workflow 88 Scheduling Automatic Snapshots 89 Understanding Snapshot Retention Policies 91 Manually Taking Snapshots 93 Viewing Snapshot Information 94 Viewing Snapshot Contents 96 Deleting Snapshots 96 Restoring from NEXT3 Snapshots Using Windows File Sharing 97 Sharing Files 0 99 OVervVieW 7 2 2 nn nn nnn nn nn nnn nn nn nnn nn nn nnn nn nn nnn nn nnn nnn 99 Workflow 100 Managing Network Shares 100 Configuring File Sharing Protocols
9. nnn nnnnnnnnnnnmnnn 320 Configuring the CTERA Appliance Name and Location 320 Configuring the CTERA Appliance Time and Date 322 Configuring the User Interface Language 325 Updating the Firmware 325 Exporting and Importing CTERA Appliance Settings 328 Viewing Attached UPS Device Details 330 Resetting the CTERA Appliance to Its Default Settings 331 Restarting the CTERA Appliance 332 Shutting Down the CTERA Appliance 333 Managing Power Usage 333 Contents Legal Information encencnwnenwencenncnnnnncencencnncensenennccnncnncose 335 CTERA End User License Agreement 335 CTERA Limited Hardware Warranty 339 GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
10. 94 Viewing Snapshot Contents 96 Deleting Snapshots 96 Restoring from NEXT3 Snapshots Using Windows File Sharing 97 Overview The appliance can take snapshots of volumes A volume snapshot is a read only copy of a volume as it was at a particular point in time The appliance automatically takes snapshots before performing a cloud backup or running an outgoing synchronization rule for a NEXT3 volume so as to ensure that a consistent image of all files is transmitted In addition you can schedule automatic daily snapshots and take snapshots manually You can use snapshots to access previous versions of your volumes and the files contained therein Terminology The appliance supports two types of snapshots J Cloud Snapshots Cloud snapshots are snapshots that are stored online using CTERA s Cloud Backup service They are automatically generated with each cloud backup operation CTERA C Series User Guide 87 8 Working with Volume Snapshots Cloud snapshots can be accessed via the CTERA Portal and when Windows File Sharing is enabled locally J NEXT3 Volume Snapshots NEXT3 volume snapshots are stored locally on a NEXT3 snapshot enabled volume and can be acce
11. 54 Accessing Your CTERA Portal Account 55 Using Remote ACCESS 55 Using Cloud Drive Synchronization 58 Managing Storag E rrasa rE eaea aaas 63 OvervjeW 63 WorkflOW 65 Setting Up Storage Using the Storage Setup Wizard 66 Manually Setting Up Storage 68 Working with iSCSI TargetSs 80 Installing a SATA Hard Drive 84 Safely Removing Hard Drives 84 Hot Swapping a Disk in a RAID1 5 or 6 Array 86 Enlarging a RAID1 Array 86 Working with Volume Snapshots 87 OvervjeW
12. 25 Package Contents 25 Rear Panel n nnnnnanwn nn nenn nnn nmn nnn ennnnnnnnnannnnnnannannmannnnnannmannnnmannmanmnnmmn rn 26 Front Panel nnnnnnnn neem nnn nnn nn nnnnnnnannannncnnannannmanannnannmannnnnannnanmnnnmnnnnt 27 Technical Specifications 29 Requirements 30 Installing the CTERA C800 7 7 7 n nnnnmnnnnnnnnnnnannnnnnnnnanannnnnnnnnn nann 31 Installing a SATA Hard Drive in the CTERA C800 32 Contents Removing a SATA Hard Drive from the CTERA C800 33 Connecting USB Drives 34 Hot Swapping Power SupplieS 34 Muting the Power Supply Alarm 34 Getting SUE ana ma an na a se 35 Connecting to the Web Interface 35 Logging in to the Web Interface for the First Time 37 Logging in to the Web Interface
13. 283 Selecting Files and Folders 283 Deleting Files and Folders 283 Copying Moving Files and Folders 284 Managing Projects ee ee ee 284 Managing Network Shares monn nnnnn nnn nn nnnnnn nnn 284 Searching for Files ve rie ri 284 Adding the Appliance as a Search Provider in Your Browser 285 Viewing Previous Versions of Files and Folders 286 Monitoring Your CTERA Appliance 2 7 7 287 Viewing the Status Dashboard n nnn nnnnnn nnn nnn 287 Viewing Detailed Information About a Disk Drive 291 Viewing the Activity Monitor on monn nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnccnnnne 294 Configuring Logging 295 Viewing LOgS ee 299 Configuring Email Alerts 313 Maintenance lt lt ssec2ncanencnncenencencacencnnnncnscenessacenwessacosseaseces 319 Viewing the Appliance Details
14. none nnnnn 38 Using the Web Interface 39 The Configuration Tab 40 The Files Tab 43 The My Computers Tab 43 The Status Bar 43 Accessing Online Help 44 Setting Up the CTERA Appliance 44 Logging Out 48 Using Cloud Services lt lt lt lt s00ee nesancnnscnnsenncenasnnconscenscenscouscanesass 49 Connecting the Appliance to Your CTERA Portal Account 50 Viewing Service Information 51 Modifying Your Services Connection Settings 53 Reconnecting to Services 54 Disconnecting from ServiCeS
15. 155 Working with Backup Sets 156 Scheduling Automatic Cloud Backup 166 Manually Starting Cloud Backup 168 Canceling the Current Cloud Backup 169 Suspending the Cloud Backup Service 170 Resuming the Cloud Backup Service 171 Viewing Cloud Backup Information 171 Preparing a Backup Seeding Hard Drive 172 Restricting Throughput 174 Restoring Files from Backup 175 Restoring Appliance Configuration from Cloud Backup 183 About the CTERA Cloud Backup Service Why Should Use Cloud Backup Backing up your important files enables you to protect them against future data loss If the original data becomes corrupted or is accidentally deleted or i
16. 170 Resuming the Cloud Backup Service 171 Viewing Cloud Backup Information 171 Preparing a Backup Seeding Hard Drive 172 Restricting Throughput 174 Restoring Files from Backup 175 Restoring Appliance Configuration from Cloud Backup 183 Synchronizing Folders 185 OvervieW 185 Workflow 186 Setting Up Clientless Backup 186 Contents Setting Up Sync RulesS 199 Centrally Managing CTERA Agents 213 OvervieW 213 Agent Licensing
17. 330 Resetting the CTERA Appliance to Its Default Settings 331 Restarting the CTERA Appliance 332 Shutting Down the CTERA Appliance 333 Managing Power Usage 333 CTERA C Series User Guide 319 18 Maintenance Viewing the Appliance Details You can view general information about the appliance including serial number appliance model and installed firmware version To view the appliance details J In the Configuration tab s navigation pane click Main gt This Device The Main gt This Device page appears displaying the product information M C200 ctera _ amp Main gt This Device Main a Home This Device This Device Dashboard Activity Thank you for using CTERA C200 By integrating Network Attached Storage with cloud services this Cloud Attached Storage device allows Local Backup you to share back up and synchronize your files Cloud Backup Serial Number 111602000224 Users tty MAC Address 00 25 25 00 25 18 Se m Hardware Model C200 2 Search eh Firmware Version 4 0 12 0 Update Firmware Eventing Device Name 200 2518 Edit Alerts i Physical Location Not set Edit
18. 216 Workflow 216 Downloading and Installing CTERA Agent 217 Configuring Global Settings for All CTERA Agents 220 Opening the CTERA Agent Manager 230 Configuring the Agent 231 Selecting Files and Folders for File Level Backup 240 Manually Starting Agent Backup 241 Stopping the Current Backup Operation of an Agent 241 Disabling and Enabling Agent Backups 242 Viewing Agent Backups 243 Restoring Files and Folders from the Appliance to the Agent 244 Viewing the Agent Status 245 Viewing Agent Details 246 Monitoring Agents 247 Deleting Agents
19. The Restore In Progress screen appears with a progress bar Restore in Progress Restoring The selected files and folders are restored 6 Click Finish Viewing the Agent Status The CTERA Agent status can be viewed in the My Computers tab as described in the following procedure or when monitoring agents as described in Monitoring Agents on page 247 To view the CTERA Agent s status in the My Computers tab Click the My Computers tab Each agent s status is displayed next to it Cx ctera oe MY COMPUTERS FILES My Computers Download Agent Windows Linux TOSH Online Mac File Level Backup Completed 4 minutes 57 seconds ago Invite new user Windows Linux Mac E Logout G Restart Hep A admin saral ctera ctera com 4 0 11 0 fal ny CTERA C Series User Guide 245 12 Centrally Managing CTERA Agents Table 48 CTERA Agent Statuses This status Indicates online The CTERA Agent is connected and idle Disabled The CTERA Agent is disabled The CTERA Agent is performing a backup operation Retrying The CTERA Agent is retrying a failed backup operation lofting The CTERA Agent is not connected to the appliance Viewing Agent Details You can view CTERA Agent details including its version the operating system on which it is installed and copyright information To view CTERA Agent details 1 Open the CTERA Agent M
20. C200 ctera conan Share gt FTP Server Main FTP Server Local Backup Cloud Back V Enable the FTP server Users Allow only SSL TLS connections im Share Shares Maximum Connections per Client 5 Collaboration B M Home Directories Wa AAN FTP Windows File Sharing ee FIP Server RSync Server AFP Settings NFS Settings Storage E Allow anonymous FTP downloads Search Event Log Alerts Cloud Services Save Revert Test System in e Logout Restart Heip admin saral ctera ctera com 4 0 11 0 2 Complete the fields using the following table 3 To test your settings do the following a Click Test The Authentication Required dialog box appears Authentication Required 7o N S 2 Enter username and password for ftp 192 168 10 232 User Name Password CTERA C Series User Guide 121 9 Sharing Files b Inthe fields provided type your appliance user name and password c Click OK The FTP index appears Tip i FTP testing is not available if you chose to allow only SSL TLS connections 4 Click Save Table 27 FTP Server Fields In this field Enable the FTP server Select this option to enable FTP access to your network shares on the CTERA FTP Server Additional fields are enabled Allow only SSL TLS Select this option to allow only Secure Socket Layer SSL and connections Transport Layer Security TLS conne
21. J To specify that the member should be able to add edit and delete files and folders in this project select Read Write EJ To specify that the member should only be able to view files and folders in this project select Read Only EJ To specify that the member should bot be able to view files and folders in this project select None 8 To delete a project member click in the desired project member s row 9 Click Save If the mail server is set up and email addresses are defined for the users you added as project members the appliance will send email notifications to the new project members inviting them to collaborate on the project For information on configuring mail server settings see Configuring Mail Server Settings on page 314 For information on editing users see Adding and Editing Users on page 252 CTERA C Series User Guide 145 9 Sharing Files Deleting Projects To delete a collaboration project 1 In the Files tab s Show Shares tree pane view navigate to the desired project For information on changing the tree pane view see Changing the Tree Pane View on page 278 For information on navigating between folders see Navigating Between Folders on page 278 Select the project Click Actions and then click Delete A confirmation message appears Click Yes The project is deleted Accessing Network Shares Viewing Network Shares Using Windows File Sharing Use this proced
22. Local Backup Cloud Backup Users Share Storage E Arrays Volumes Snapshots Power Management Search Event Log Alerts Cloud Services System HB Logout Restart Hep Arrays MY COMPU new Jr coe Gj Dsiete Storage Setup Wizard ff Scheduled Scrubbing ff Start Scrubbing Array Name Q ac Level RAID1 Mirrored Status Optimal 2 Doone of the following admin yhrik 2 team ctera com 3 2 12 0 68 CTERA C Series User Guide Managing Storage 7 To add a newarray click New To edit an existing array click on its name The Array Editor Wizard opens displaying the Select drives to join this Array dialog box Array Editor array1 x Select drives to join this Array A storage array joins muttiple drives to appear as a single unified storage device Select the drives to join this array from the list below Disk Drive BA ATA 153 38GB WDC WD1601ABYS 0 iem A ATA 153 38GB WDC WD1601ABYS 0 Dm The available drives are listed along with disk type disk capacity in GB and disk model 3 Select the check boxes next to the drives you want to include in the array Tip i It is not recommended to create an array using USB drives An array cannot contain both SATA and USB drives 4 Click Next The Select a RAID Level dialog box appears Array Editor array1 x Select a
23. J Schedule automatic backup of the selected folders See Scheduling Automatic Cloud Backup on page 166 The files will be backed up according to the configured schedule E Perform a manual backup of the selected folders See Manually Starting Cloud Backup on page 168 The files will be backed up immediately 154 CTERA C Series User Guide Using Cloud Backup 10 Selecting Files and Folders for Cloud Backup By default all folders and files are selected for cloud backup If desired you can modify the selection To select files and folders for cloud backup 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Cloud Backup gt Backup Files The Cloud Backup gt Backup Files page appears Cloud Backup gt Backup Files Main Local Backup Cloud Backup Control Panel Backup Files Backup Sets Exclude Sets Schedule Throughput Users Share Storage Search Event Log Alerts Cloud Services System Logout Restart Q Help Backup Files 3g Froot a fa 7 backups a faf V cloud me projects fal 7 pubiic afa Fusers C200 MY COMPUTERS FILES CONFIGURATION Name Type Size Modified Selected Files 718 9MB Cloud Storage Usage 719 0MB of 10 00GB 7 Save Revert A admin saral ctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 2 Expand the tree nodes to reveal the folders For an explanation of the icons and check boxes next to each folder see Fo
24. Managing Users This chapter explains how to manage appliance users and user groups In This Chapter Overview nnn nnn nnn nn nnn nnn nnn 251 Adding and Editing Users 252 Inviting Users to Install CTERA Agent 255 Viewing Users 255 Exporting Users 256 Allocating Disk Quotas to Users 256 Deleting Users 257 Adding and Editing User Groups 258 Deleting User Group 260 Overview In order to enable users to access the appliance Web interface and or shared folders you must add the users to the appliance Web interface You can then do any of the following J Grant the user access rights to network shares E Add a custom user group and then add the new user to the user group The en
25. Tip A After connecting you can add a bookmark in your Web browser for easy access to the appliance Web interface Logging in to the Web Interface for the First Time To log in to the Web interface for the first time 1 Connect to the appliance Web interface as described in Connecting to the Web Interface on page 35 Your Web browser displays the Welcome to CTERA page EN Thank you for choosing CTERA Before using your CTERA product for the first time you should set the device administrator s username and password Later you can use these credentials to access and manage the device In this page you will choose log in credentials for the appliance administrator the user you will use to manage the appliance 2 Inthe User Name field type a user name for the appliance administrator 3 Inthe Password field type a password for the appliance administrator then retype the same password in the Retype Password field for confirmation The password must be at least 5 characters long CTERA C Series User Guide 37 5 Getting Started Tip A Keep these details in a safe place as you will need them for managing the appliance Tip A You can change your user name and password at any time as described in Adding and Editing Users on page 252 4 Inthe Email field type the email address of the appliance administrator 5 Click Save The Setup Wizard opens Continue at Setting Up the CTERA CloudPlu
26. CTERA C Series User Guide 27 4 CTERA C800 Specifications and Installation The front panel s interior contains the following elements Table 12 C800 Front Panel Interior Elements Element Description Eight disk trays for installing hard drives Tray Open Button Each disk tray has a Tray Open Button which serves the following purposes J Indicates whether the disk tray is locked When the button s groove is horizontal the disk tray is locked When it is vertical the disk tray is open Enables you to lock unlock the disk tray by using one of the disk tray keys to turn the button until its groove is horizontal vertical Enables you to open the disk tray Upon pressing the button the outer panel of the disk tray visible in the preceding diagram becomes a lever that can be used to pull the disk tray out of the appliance HDD Status Indicators Each disk tray has two LEDs that indicate its status E State Explanation State Explanation On Green The system is operational The system is not operational A switch used for turning the appliance on and off and resetting it The switch is covered by a clear plastic cover that must be lifted in order to access it Fan 1 LED Fan 2 LED A LED for each fan indicating whether the fan has failed State Explanation On Red The fan has failed The fan is operational 28 CTERA C Series User Guide CTERA C800 Specifications and Installation 4 Technical S
27. CTERA C Series User Guide 35 5 Getting Started If your computer is configured to show icons for UPnP devices the appliance is automatically detected and appears in the list of network places Otherwise do the following 1 Inthe Network Tasks pane click Show icons for networked UPnP devices A confirmation message appears 2 Click Yes The Windows Components Wizard opens and makes the necessary configuration changes The appliance now appears in the list of network places 2 Double click on the icon named CTERA appliance J a CTERA C200 CTERA C200 In Windows 8 Windows 7 and Vista the icon is 09216830 in Windows XP itis sz ce 10 102 _ Tip A After connecting you can add a bookmark in your Web browser for easy access to the appliance Web interface Mac OS To connect to the appliance Web interface On a computer connected to the same switch as the appliance run Safari 2 Open Bookmarks 3 Inthe Collections pane select Bonjour 4 In the right pane expand Webpages Bookmarks aj e Shttp www apple com macosx features bonjour Q gt Google Bookmarks COLLECTIONS a E Bookmarks Bar 22 Bookmark Bookmarks Menu E About Bonjour E Address Book v Q Webpages onjo QO CTERA C200 History gt i Printers C AlI RSS Feeds d oo 5 Double click on the name of your appliance GTERA CAN 36 CTERA C Series User Guide Getting Started 5
28. You can reset the home directory permissions to the default settings i e all users will be granted access to the home directories of other users and set all files to be owned by the home directory owner To reset home directory permissions 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Share gt Home Directories The Share gt Home Directories page appears 2 Click Reapply Permissions A confirmation message appears CTERA C Series User Guide 131 9 Sharing Files 3 Click Yes Home directory permissions are reset For information on the results of the process including the number of home directories processed and the number of errors mouse over the icon PE ctera Main Local Backup Cloud Backup Users Share Shares Collaboration Home Directories Windows File Sharing FIP Server RSync Server AFP Settings NFS Settings Storage Search Event Log Alerts Cloud Services System Logout Restart Share gt Home Directories Hep Home Directories conan l User Home Directories On B Settings E Reapply Permissions wv Successfully reapplied permissions 7seconds ago c200 OFF admin amp saral ctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 Using Guest Invitations You can share files and folders stored on the appliance with other people both inside and outside your network by sending them a guest invitation
29. 181 Resuming the Cloud Backup Service 178 ROHS amp WEEE e 365 S Safely Removing Hard Drives 12 23 33 87 89 Scanning and Repairing Logical Volumes 81 Scheduling Automatic Cloud Backup 160 172 Scheduling Automatic Data Scrubbing 74 Scheduling Automatic Snapshots 92 93 Scheduling File Index Updates 279 281 Searching for Files 280 293 Selecting Cloud Folders for Synchronization 60 61 Selecting Files and Folders 288 291 292 Selecting Files and Folders for Cloud Backup e 160 161 179 Selecting Files and Folders for File Level Backup 225 248 358 CTERA C Series User Guide Index Sending Guest Invitations 141 Setting Up Clientless Backup 195 Setting Up File Search 114 279 Setting Up Storage Using the Storage Setup Wizard 67 68 Setting Up Sync Rules 207 Setting Up the CTERA Appliance 44 342 Sharing Files e 103 260 269 Shutting Down the CTERA Appliance 11 21 31 342 344 Software Features 8 19 29 Software Requirements 9 20 30 Sorting Tables 41 287 Stopping the Current Backup Operation of an Agent e 250 Suspending the Cloud Backup Service 177 Suspending Unsuspending Cloud Drive Synchronization 58 Synchronizing Files with the RSync Server 128 153 Synchronizing Folders 193 T Technical Specifications 8 19 29 Terminology 92 The Configuration Tab 40 The File Manager 43 285
30. 3 Click Yes The array is deleted Scheduling Automatic Data Scrubbing You can configure the appliance to perform RAID data scrubbing on a regular basis During data scrubbing the appliance reads all the disks in a RAID array and checks for defective blocks thus reducing the likelihood of silent data corruption and data loss due to bit errors By default automatic scrubbing is performed on a weekly basis for all defined RAID arrays It can also be run manually for specific arrays as described in Manually Starting Data Scrubbing on page 73 To schedule automatic data scrubbing for all RAID arrays 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Storage gt Arrays The Storage gt Arrays page appears 2 Click Scheduled Scrubbing CTERA C Series User Guide 71 7 Managing Storage The Data Scrubbing dialog box appears Scheduled Scrubbing Data Scrubbing During data scrubbing the RAID array is preemptively scanned for defective blocks Scrubbing helps reduce the probability of silent data corruption Every Saturday at 1 00 AM oon 3 Do one of the following To disable automatic data scrubbing clear the Enabling Automatic Scrubbing check box To enable automatic data scrubbing select the Enabling Automatic Scrubbing check box 4 Ifyou enabled scheduled snapshots do the following a Inthe Schedule field click The Scheduled Scrubbing dialog box appears aox Scheduled Scrubb
31. An iSCSI target allows a SAN volume to be mounted by a remote host using the iSCSI protocol m target1 Headers Only ne 3 Complete the fields using the information in the following table 4 Click Next CTERA C Series User Guide 81 7 Managing Storage The iSCSI Authentication dialog box appears iSCSI Authentication 5 Click Next The Wizard Completed screen appears 6 Click Finish 82 CTERA C Series User Guide Managing Storage 7 Table 20 iSCSI Target Fields In this field Do this Select the SAN volume to be mounted Use CRC32 Specify whether CRC 32 should be used to detect errors in data transmitted between the remote host and the iSCSI target by selecting one of the following EJ None Do not use CRC 32 This setting improves performance slightly J Headers Only Use CRC 32 to verify the integrity of packet headers This is the recommended setting Headers and Data Use CRC 32 to verify the integrity of packet headers and data This setting is slightly safer than the other options The default value is Headers Only Incoming Authentication Select this option to configure the authentication settings that the remote host should use when connecting to the iSCSI target The relevant Username and Password fields are enabled Username Type the user name to use for incoming authentication Type the password to use for incoming authentication
32. Client Idle Disconnect Time minutes 10 Save Revert Domain Workgroup Assigned to domain Operation Mode DOMAIN Advanced Mi Status ok nfigur n Connect to Domain Workgroup CONFIGURATION admin 2s saral ctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 2 Click Advanced Mappings The UID GID Mapping dialog box opens UID GID Mappings i This table allows you to specify the mapping from Windows SIDs into local UID GID values Add domain v O aaa Move Down Move Up Domain UID GID Start UID GID End SAIMONDOM2 200000 5000000 E 3 Add the other domains in the tree forest by doing the following for each one a Inthe Add domain field either type the desired domain s name or select it from the drop down list b Click Add The domain appears in the table 118 CTERA C Series User Guide Sharing Files 9 c Click in the UID GID Start field and type the starting number in the range of appliance user and group IDs UID GID that should be assigned to users and user groups from this domain d Click in the UID GID End field and type the ending number in the range of appliance user and group IDs UID GID that should be assigned to users and user groups from this domain 4 Tore order the domains do any of the following J To move a domain up in the table click on the desired domain then click Move Up J To move a domain down in the table click on the desired domain then click Move Do
33. In the Username field enter a user name for the new user amp admin saral ctera ctera com 4 0 11 0 In the Email Address field enter the email address of the user you want to invite 7 Click OK An invitation is sent to the specified email address Viewing Users To view users 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Users gt Users The Users gt Users page appears displaying all local users CTERA C Series User Guide 255 13 Managing Users 2 To display domain users in the Local Users drop down list select Domain domain Users where domain is the name of the domain All domain users are displayed Exporting Users You can export a list of users and their details to a Comma Separated Values csv file on your computer which you can view in Microsoft Excel as a worksheet To export users to a csv file 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Users gt Users The Users gt Users page appears 2 Click Export to Excel You are asked if you would like to save the file or open the file in Microsoft Excel The users are exported Allocating Disk Quotas to Users If disk quotas are enabled for a volume you can limit the amount of storage space allocated to each volume user For information on enabling disk quotas see Adding and Editing Logical Volumes on page 73 Tip A Administrators are automatically allocated unlimited storage space To allocat
34. LAN1 LAN2 Two Ethernet ports used for connecting the appliance to your Ethernet LAN switch or router Connect the Ethernet cables provided in the appliance package to these ports To use both ports in parallel configure link aggregation as described in Enabling Disabling Link Aggregation on page 268 For best performance use a Gigabit capable Ethernet switch A switch used for turning the appliance on and off and resetting it Fan grille Do not cover or obstruct the fan grille as it is needed for proper cooling of your appliance AC power input socket A socket used for supplying power to the appliance Connect the power supply cable provided in the appliance package to this socket Power supply The appliance s power supply CTERA C Series User Guide 17 3 CTERA C400 Specifications and Installation Front Panel The C400 s front panel appears as follows Disk Tray 4 Disk Tray 3 Disk Tray 2 Disk Tray 1 Tray Open HDD Status POWER Button Indicators The front panel s interior contains the following elements Table 7 C400 Front Panel Interior Elements Element Description Disk Tray 1 4 Four disk trays for installing hard drives Tray Open Button Each disk tray has a Tray Open Button which serves the following purposes GJ Indicates whether the disk tray is locked When the button s groove is horizontal the disk tray is locked When it is vertical the disk tray is open Enables you to lock unlo
35. Local Backup Home Directories Cloud Backup Users A User Home Directories Off ON Share Shares Settings 5 OFF Collaboration Home Directories Windows File Sharing FIP Server RSync Server AFP Settings NFS Settings Storage Search Event Log Alerts Cloud Services System El Logout Restat Hep admin saral ctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 2 Slide the lever to the ON position Home directories are enabled and you can now configure the desired settings See Configuring Home Directory Settings on page 130 CTERA C Series User Guide 129 9 Sharing Files If this is the first time that home directories are enabled the users share is created ctera j MY COMPUTERS FILES CONFIGURATION Share gt Home Directories Main Local Backup Home Directories Cloud Backup Users 7 ON gt User Home Directories On Share Shares E Settinos Reapply Permissions OFF Collaboration Home Directories Windows File Sharing FIP Server RSync Server AFP Settings NFS Settings Storage Search Event Log Alerts Cloud Services System Logout Restat gt Hep admin amp y saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 To disable home directories 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Share gt Home Directories The Share gt Home Directories page appears 2 Slide the lever to the OFF position Home
36. Outgoing Authentication Select this option to configure the authentication settings that the iSCSI target should use when connecting to the remote host The relevant Username and Password fields are enabled Type the password to use for outgoing authentication Deleting iSCSI Targets To delete an iSCSI target 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Storage gt iSCSI The Storage gt iSCSI page appears 2 Select the desired iSCSI target 3 Click Delete CTERA C Series User Guide 83 7 Managing Storage A confirmation message appears 4 Click Yes The target is deleted Installing a SATA Hard Drive Tip i It is possible to install hard drives without switching off the appliance For information on installing a SATA hard drive in the C200 see Installing a SATA Hard Drive in the CTERA C200 on page 11 For information on installing a SATA hard drive in the C400 see Installing a SATA Hard Drive in the CTERA C400 on page 21 For information on installing a SATA hard drive in the C800 see Installing a SATA Hard Drive in the CTERA C800 on page 32 Safely Removing Hard Drives Tip i It is possible to safely uninstall hard drives without switching off the appliance Tip i In CTERA C200 it is possible to safely remove USB hard drives by pressing the Eject button near the USB port To remove a hard drive 1 Prepare the drive for safe removal by doing the following a Inthe Configur
37. Serial Number Capacity Firmware Version ATA Version Temperature Synchronized E Remove OK WDC WD1601ABYS 0 WD WCAS28369133 153 38GB 06 06HOS Hg Format c Click Remove A confirmation message appears d Click Yes CTERA C Series User Guide 85 7 Managing Storage 2 The disk is unmounted and can be safely removed Remove the hard drive as described in one of the following Removing a SATA Hard Drive from the CTERA C200 on page 12 Removing a SATA Hard Drive from the CTERA C400 on page 23 J Removing a SATA Hard Drive from the CTERA C800 on page 33 Hot Swapping a Disk in a RAID1 5 or 6 Array When using RAID1 mirroring or RAID 5 6 you can replace any single hard drive without losing any of your data Your data remains available and online during the entire process To hot swap a disk 1 2 Remove the hard drive as described in Safely Removing Hard Drives on page 84 Install a new hard drive into the vacant slot as described in Installing a SATA Hard Drive on page 84 In the Configuration tab s navigation pane click Main gt Dashboard The Main gt Dashboard page appears Wait until the array s status is optimal Enlarging a RAID1 Array You can use hot swapping to enlarge a RAID1 array For example assume you have two hard drives HDD1 and HDD2 in a RAID1 mirroring configuration and in optimal state The capacity of HDD1 and HDD2 is 500GB eac
38. Start Every Type the amount of time between automatic cloud backups in hours The default value is 24 hours Specific Time Choose this option to automatically back up files according to a specified daily schedule The Start Time Stop Time and On Days fields are enabled and you must complete them Start Time Select the time at which cloud backup should start Note If a given backup extends past the scheduled time for the next automatic backup the next automatic backup will commence immediately upon completion of the prior backup Stop Time Select the time at which cloud backup must end This can be any of the following E A specific hour amp J On Completion The backup operation will only end when cloud backup is complete The default value is On Completion Note If the amount of changed data to back up is large the backup process can take several hours or days Therefore if a stop time is configured the backup process may not be completed within the time frame For example if you specify that data should be backed up between 12 AM 2 AM and the backup requires 3 hours the backup will not be completed On Days Select the days on which cloud backup should be performed This can be any of the following E One or more specific days GJ Every Day Cloud backup will occur every day The default value is Every Day CTERA C Series User Guide 167 10 Using Cloud Backup Manually Starting Cloud Backup You can manu
39. ctera a CTERA Portal sons BACKUPS saraVbackups SH amp Latest Version 3 Find files by nam xp Felview gt E Actions a e 3 backups af sarai a saral1 Agents 1 items A saral EB Logout Support Legalinformation AboutUs CTERA C Series User Guide 183 10 Using Cloud Backup 3 Navigate to backups lt backupFolder gt Device Configuration where lt backupFolder gt is the name of the appliance s backup folder 4 Select db xml 5 Click Actions and then click Download The configuration file is downloaded to your computer 6 Import the configuration file to your appliance See Importing the Configuration on page 329 184 CTERA C Series User Guide 11 synchronizing Folders This chapter explains how to synchronize folders For information on bidirectional cloud drive synchronization see Using Cloud Drive Synchronization on page 58 In This Chapter Overview nnn nnn nnn nn nnn nn nn nnn nnn 185 Workflow 186 Setting Up Clientless Backup 186 Setting Up Sync RuleS 199 Overview The appliance Web interface provides the following ways of sync
40. 339 GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE 3 342 Apache License 349 Declaration of Conformity 351 Introduction This chapter introduces the CTERA appliance and Cloud Attached Storage technology In This Chapter About Cloud Attached Storage About Your CTERA Cloud Attached Storage Appliance Contacting Technical Support About Cloud Attached Storage Cloud Attached Storage combines a Network Attached Storage appliance in your local network with online cloud services File sharing is performed on the local network while cloud storage services are used for off site backup file sync and share FSS and disaster recovery Automated block level incremental backup and restore functions include de duplication compression and encryption technologies for secure and efficient synchronization between the cloud storage service and the CTERA appliance About Your CTERA Cloud Attached Storage Appliance CTERA appliances are ideal for small businesses branch offices and workgroups that want to share files synch
41. Alerts de Cloud Services System Logout Restart Heip amp admin saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 3 To toggle the information displayed under the progress bar do one of the following J To display the effective throughput in Kbit sec click the icon and then click Show effective throughput J To display the bandwidth usage in bit sec click the icon and then click Show bandwidth usage Canceling the Current Cloud Backup You can cancel a running cloud backup Tip A Only the current backup will be canceled The next automatic backup will occur as scheduled To cancel the current cloud backup 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Cloud Backup gt Control Panel The Cloud Backup gt Control Panel page appears 2 Click Cancel The current backup is canceled CTERA C Series User Guide 169 10 Using Cloud Backup Suspending the Cloud Backup Service You can suspend the CTERA Cloud Backup service including E The currently running backup J All scheduled automatic backup Tip A Performing the following procedure is equivalent to suspending the Cloud Backup service via the CTERA Agent tray icon s right click menu To suspend the CTERA Cloud Backup service 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Cloud Backup gt Control Panel The Cloud Backup gt Control Panel page appears 2 Click Suspend If a backup is currently running it is paused All future automatic ba
42. J devicelIP is the appliance s IP address E mountPath is the network share s mount path Tip i To view a network share s mount path in the Share gt Shares page click the name of the desired network share The Network Share Wizard s NFS UNIX File Sharing dialog box displays the network share s mount path in title area amp J localFolder is the name ofthe local folder For example if the appliance IP address is 10 1 1 1 the mount path is share share9 and you want to mount this network share on the local folder var mnt share9 the relevant command would be mount 10 1 1 1 share share9 var mnt share9 Accessing the Administrative Share Administrators can access a hidden administrative share called volumes using Windows File Sharing For information see Configuring Windows File Sharing on page 114 Alternatively they can access this share via the appliance Web interface s File Manager The administrative share allows direct access to the files on each of the appliance s volume To access the administrative share via Windows File Sharing J On a computer connected to the same switch as the appliance browse to lt devicename gt volumes where lt devicename gt is the name of your appliance For information on viewing your appliance s name see Viewing the Appliance Details on page 320 148 CTERA C Series User Guide Sharing Files 9 The administrative share appears
43. Log Viewer 2mo 00 37 11 athe 20120809 08 48 29 nee I 20130808 07 30 42 acne i 2013 08 03 21 21 22 System Minimum Severity into Source TECH TAV TOSH TECH TAV TOSH TECH TAV TOSH TECH TAV TOSH TECH TAV TOSH TECH TAV TOSH TECH TAV TOSH TECH TAV TOSH TECH TAV TOSH El Logout GRestat gt Heip The following information is displayed Details Agent started up Agent started up Agent started up Agent started up Agent started up Agent started up Agent started up Agent started up Agent started up h Clear GP Settings C200 conrouaanon 5 Export to Excel More Info r Displaying logs 1 9 admin saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 CTERA C Series User Guide 311 17 Monitoring Your CTERA Appliance Table 74 CTERA Agents Log Fields This field Displays An icon indicating the log level See Log Levels page 301 The date and time at which the event occurred Filtering Logs In any log category you can filter the logs so that only those with a certain minimum log level are displayed Tip i For information on configuring the default minimum log level to display in all log pages see Configuring Event Log Settings on page 296 To filter logs in a log category 1 View the desired log category See Viewing Logs on page 299 2 Inthe Minimum Severity drop down list select the minimum log level to display in this category For example if you s
44. Na id Delete fl View Invitation D User Expires On Path Access admin Aug 16 2012 public Read Only admin Aug 16 2012 cloud my files Article docx Read Only To view active guest invitations sent by you in the Files tab s Show Shares tree pane view click My Invitations For information on changing the tree pane view see Changing the Tree Pane View on page 278 The My Invitations window opens My Invitations The following email invitations are currently valid g Delete 2 View Invitation Expires On Aug 16 2012 Aug 16 2012 Path Ipublic Icloud myfiles Article docx Bx ar wz b Access Read Only Read Only 138 CTERA C Series User Guide Sharing Files 9 For each invitation the information in the following table is displayed 2 To view an individual invitation select the desired invitation and then click View Invitation The Send Invitation dialog box opens displaying the invitation 3 Click Close Table 31 Active Guest Invitations Information This field Displays The name of the user who sent the guest invitation This field only appears when viewing all guest invitations in the system The path to the shared file folder on the appliance The type of access granted to the invitation recipient Read Only or Read Write Expireson The date on which the guest invitation expires Deleting Active Guest Invitations If you delete an active gue
45. Page 1 gt Displaying logs 1 36 E Logout G Restart gt Heip A admin amp saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 The following information is displayed 308 CTERA C Series User Guide Monitoring Your CTERA Appliance 17 Table 71 Access Log Fields This field Displays An icon indicating the log level See Log Levels page 301 pate si The date and time at which the event occurred user The user that triggered the event Protocol The protocol used when triggering the event GUI CIFS Windows File Sharing AFP FTP NFS RSync CTERA Agent BEBE eB eB Ee B sd WebDAV Details si A description of the event Client IP The IP address from which the user triggered the event Additional information about the event Viewing Audit Logs To view Audit logs 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Event Log gt Log Viewer The Event Log gt Log Viewer page appears 2 Inthe Select Topic drop down list select Audit CTERA C Series User Guide 309 17 Monitoring Your CTERA Appliance The Audit logs appear fe 200 ctera FILES CONFIGURATION Event Log gt Log Viewer Main 7 Audit Local Backup Select Topic Audit Minimum Severity infor Ghciear Settings 3 Export to Excel Cloud Backup Action Date User Type Target More info Deleted 2013 08 13 12 25 48 Snapshots 2013 08 13 12 25 33 Volume Volt Comment Temporary System Snapshot Sha
46. Q Help C200 MY COMPUTERS FILES CONFIGURATION v donew 2 Q Search x 2 Full Name Email John Smith johns mycompany com amp Displaying users 1 2 amp admin saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 2 Doone of the following E To add a new user click New J To edit an existing user click on its name 252 CTERA C Series User Guide Managing Users 13 The User Editor Wizard opens displaying the Specify User Details dialog box User Editor Wizard x Specify User Details The wizard will guide you through the process of editing a user account Enter the details for the user 3 Complete the fields using the relevant information in the following table 4 Click Next The Specify Additional Account Information dialog box opens User Editor Wizard x Specify Additional Account Information You can specify additional details for this account 5 Complete the fields using the relevant information in the following table 6 Click Next CTERA C Series User Guide 253 13 Managing Users The Wizard Completed screen appears User Editor Wizard x Wizard Completed Click Finish to modify the users details Ss e E 7 Click Finish 8 To add the user to a user group add or edit the desired group as described in Adding and Editing User Groups on page 258 selecting the user as a member of the group Table 50 User Editor Wizard Fields In this field D
47. Running EE 29 Destination backups Local Disk Space Usage 4 51GB of 46 59GB 10 Logout Restart gt Hep 2 admin saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 To stop arunning Clientless Backup 1 In the Configuration tab s navigation pane click Local Backup gt Clientless Backup The Local Backup gt Clientless Backup page appears displaying all computers in the network neighborhood Select the share for which Clientless Backup is running and click Stop Backup stops Disabling Enabling Clientless Backup You can disable Clientless Backup for a network share The current backup and all future scheduled backups will be suspended for the share until you enable Clientless Backup for the share again To disable Clientless Backup 1 In the Configuration tab s navigation pane click Local Backup gt Clientless Backup The Local Backup gt Clientless Backup page appears displaying all computers in the network neighborhood CTERA C Series User Guide 193 11 Synchronizing Folders 2 Select the desired share and click Disable Clientless Backup is disabled for the share To enable Clientless Backup 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Local Backup gt Clientless Backup The Local Backup gt Clientless Backup page appears displaying all computers in the network neighborhood 2 Select the desired share and click Enable Clientless Backup is enabled for the share Enab
48. Table 59 Drive Status Fields This field Displays The disk drive s current status For a list of possible statuses see Hard Drive Statuses page 290 Disk Health The disk s health status OK or Failed Serial Number The disk drive s serial number The disk drive s model The disk drive s firmware version ATA Version The disk drive s ATA version The disk drive s current temperature in degrees Celsius Viewing the Activity Monitor The Activity Monitor provides an overview of the appliance s recent activity including The disk read rate in KBps kilobytes per second The disk write rate in KBps kilobytes per second The percentage of CPU in use The percentage of memory in use Goo amp A list of active user sessions To view the Activity Monitor E In the Configuration tab s navigation pane click Main gt Activity 294 CTERA C Series User Guide Monitoring Your CTERA Appliance 17 The Main gt Activity page appears CR ctera A Main gt Activity Main Home This Device Dashboard Activity Local Backup Cloud Backup Users Share Storage Search Event Log Alerts Cloud Services System Ef Logout Restart Table 60 User Session Information This column Tip Q Hep C200 MY COMPUTERS CONFIGURATION Activity Monitor Disk Activity KBps Read 0 KBps Write 0KBps Utilization 500 9
49. To connect a USB drive to the appliance 1 Connect one end of a USB cable into the USB drive 2 Connect the other end of the USB cable to one of the appliance s USB port Hot Swapping Power Supplies You can replace a power supply while the appliance is on To hot swap a power supply 1 Remove the power supply as follows Press the power supply s unlock lever downwards while simultaneously pulling on the power supply s handle 2 Installa new power supply as follows Insert the power supply into the power supply slot while simultaneously pressing the power supply s unlock lever downwards Muting the Power Supply Alarm The CTERA C800 alerts you when a power supply fails or loses input power by sounding an alarm You can mute this alarm To mute the power supply alarm J On the C800 s rear panel press the Mute Alarm button The alarm stops 34 CTERA C Series User Guide 5 Getting Started This chapter contains all the information you need in order to get started using your CTERA appliance In This Chapter Connecting to the Web Interface 35 Logging in to the Web Interface for the First Time 37 Logging in to the Web Interface 38 Using the Web Interface
50. a set called My Music may include all files with the extensions wav and mp3 that are located in the folder My Documents gt Music There are two types of backup sets E Included sets Files that should be included in each backup J Excluded sets Files that should be excluded from each backup You can use backup sets to fully customize backup operations For example if you did not select the My Documents folder for backup but you want to back up all of the PDF files in this folder you would define an included set that includes all files that are located in the My Documents folder and have the file extension pdf Conversely if you selected the My Documents folder for backup but you do not want to back up PDF files in this folder you would define an excluded set that includes all files that are located in the My Documents folder and have the file extension pdf Tip i For information on the order in which the appliance processes included sets excluded sets and selected folders see How Can I Control the Scope of Backup Operations see How Can I Control Which Files Will Be Backed Up on page 153 156 CTERA C Series User Guide Using Cloud Backup 10 Enabling Disabling Included Sets In order for an included set to be used during backup operations it must be enabled To enable an included set 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Cloud Backup gt Backup Sets The Cloud Backup gt Backup
51. a whole which is a work based on the Program the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you rather the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program In addition mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program or with a work based on the Program on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License 3 You may copy and distribute the Program or a work based on it under Section 2 in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following a Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine readable source code which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or b Accompany it with a written offer valid for at least three years to give any third party for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution a complete machine readable copy of the corresponding source code to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above ona medium customarily used for softwar
52. gt Network Main Local Backup Network Cloud Backup Users IP Address 192 168 10 232 Share E Default Gateway 192 168 10 1 Settings Storage gt DNS Servers 192 168 10 1 B Renew pears Connection Duration 01 13 00 Event Log Connected Alerts Cloud Services Ports System Firmware Network Configuration Tools Regional Settings UPS 1000Mbps Full Duplex MAC Address 00 25 25 43 54 55 On To use this port connect both LAN ports to 803 3ad capable switch then enable Link Aggregation Off Link Aggregation GB Logout Restat gt Heip amp admin saral ctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 268 CTERA C Series User Guide Managing Network Settings 14 3 Slide the lever to the ON position Link aggregation is enabled AlS gt Network Main babao Network Cloud Backup Users Storage gt Search Ted SE Connected Alerts Cloud Services os Ports System Firmware Network Configuration Tools Time and Date j El Logout Restat Hep To disable link aggregation IP Address Default Gateway DNS Servers Connection Duration 1000Mbps Full Duplex MAC Address 1000Mbps Full Duplex MAC Address MY COMPUTERS 192 168 10 232 192 168 10 1 192 168 10 1 01 13 00 00 25 25 43 54 55 00 25 25 43 54 55 FILES CONFIGURATION Settings E Renew On Link Aggregation amp admin sar
53. gt Windows File Sharing The Share gt Windows File Sharing page appears 2 Click Connect to Domain Workgroup CTERA C Series User Guide 115 9 Sharing Files The Windows File Sharing Wizard opens displaying the Connect to Domain Workgroup dialog box Windows File Sharing Wizard x Connect to Domain Workgroup i Select Domain if your network has a Microsoft Windows domain controller otherwise select Workgroup WORKGROUP NZ 3 Choose Workgroup then type the name of the workgroup Tip i You must assign this same workgroup name to all of the computers in the network Tip H In most Windows versions the default workgroup name is WORKGROUP In Windows XP Home edition the default workgroup name is MSHOME The appliance automatically scans for available workgroups in the LAN The results of these scans can be selected from the Workgroup drop down list 4 Click Next The Wizard Completed screen appears Windows File Sharing Wizard x Wizard Completed 5 Click Finish 116 CTERA C Series User Guide Sharing Files 9 Configuring Windows File Sharing for an Individual Active Directory Domain To configure Windows file sharing for an individual Active Directory domain 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Share gt Windows File Sharing The Share gt Windows File Sharing page appears 2 Click Connect to Domain Workgroup The Windows File Sharing Wizard opens dis
54. lt Previous 14 Add each user and user group who should have access to the network share by doing the following a Inthe Local Users drop down list select one of the following Local Users Search the users defined locally on the appliance Domain domain Users Search the users belonging to the domain called domain o o Local Groups Search the user groups defined locally on the appliance Domain domain Groups Search the user groups belonging to the domain called domain b Inthe Quick Search field type a string that appears anywhere within the name of the user or user group you want to add then click CTERA C Series User Guide 111 9 Sharing Files A table of users or user groups matching the search string appears Network Share Wizard x Configure Permissions 7 A person must have a user account in order to access this network share Choose the users with whom to share these files l Jp Local Groups v admin aOd Name Username Full Name Email Jb Everyone 3p Administrators id d Page 1 of1 gt gt i li f Jp Read Only Administrators c Select the desired user or user group in the table The user or user group appears in the Quick Search field d Click Add The user or user group is added to the list of users and user groups who should have access to the network share For information on editing users see Adding and Editing Users on page 252 a
55. provided that you also meet all of these conditions 340 CTERA C Series User Guide Legal Information 19 a You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change b You must cause any work that you distribute or publish that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License c If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run you must cause it when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty or else saying that you provide a warranty and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions and telling the user how to view a copy of this License Exception if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves then this License and its terms do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of
56. 159 L Legal Information 2 347 Logging in to the Web Interface 38 Logging in to the Web Interface for the First Time 37 Logging Out 48 Mac OS 36 Maintenance 329 Making Mac OS Computers Accessible to Clientless Backup 194 205 Managing Network Settings 271 Managing Network Shares 104 292 Managing Network Shares in the Configuration Tab 105 Managing Network Shares in the File Manager e 112 292 Managing Power Usage e 344 Managing Projects 292 Managing Storage e 45 65 Managing Users e 259 Manually Setting Up Storage 71 Manually Starting Agent Backup e 249 Manually Starting Cloud Backup 160 175 Manually Starting Data Scrubbing 74 76 Manually Starting Index Updates 279 282 283 Manually Starting Stopping Clientless Backup e 200 Manually Starting Stopping Synchronization Operations 217 Manually Taking Snapshots 93 97 CTERA C Series User Guide 357 Index Manually Updating the Firmware 336 337 Modifying Your Services Connection Settings 54 Monitoring Agents 254 255 Monitoring Your CTERA Appliance 297 Mounting Network Shares Using NFS e 130 154 Muting the Power Supply Alarm e 27 34 N Navigating Between Folders 113 117 141 147 150 152 286 287 288 290 291 292 Navigating Between Table Pages e 41 O Opening Menu Sections e 41 Opening Ports on Your Firewall 9 20 30 Opening the CTERA Agent M
57. Adding and Editing Sync Rules 194 207 Adding and Editing User Groups 260 262 266 Adding and Editing Users 38 110 116 133 150 151 196 260 Adding the Appliance as a Search Provider in Your Browser e 294 Agent Licensing 224 Allocating Disk Quotas to Users 81 264 Apache License 362 Cc Canceling the Current Cloud Backup 176 Canceling the Current Restore Process 187 Centrally Managing CTERA Agents 221 223 Changing the Right Pane View e 287 288 Changing the Tree Pane View e 101 112 117 141 143 144 147 150 152 156 286 294 Clearing Logs 322 Cloud Service Features 8 19 29 Collaborating on Projects 145 292 Configuring Advanced Cloud Drive Synchronization Settings 61 63 Configuring Apple File Sharing 104 129 153 Configuring Automatic Firmware Updates e 335 Configuring Clientless Backup 194 198 Configuring Disk Level Backup Settings 244 Configuring Email Alert Settings 323 326 Configuring Email Alerts 323 Configuring Event Log Settings 306 314 322 Configuring File Sharing Protocols 118 Configuring File Level Backup Settings 241 246 Configuring FTP Access 104 126 Configuring General Settings 239 Configuring Global Disk Level Backup Settings e 235 Configuring Global File Level Backup Settings e 232 Configuring Global General Settings 229 Configuring Global Settings for All CTERA Agents 224 228 239 248 Confi
58. Backup gt CTERA Agents page appears 2 Click Configuration The Global Agents Settings window opens displaying the Settings tab 3 Click the Software Updates tab The Software Updates tab appears Global Agent Settings olx Global Agent Settings These settings apply to all CTERA Agents Ey Agent Software Updates Settings F Automatically download and install agent updates 2 CTERA Agent for Windows The currently installed version is up to date Installed Version 4 0 12 0 Disk level Backup CTERA Agent for Linux The currently installed version is up to date Software Updates Inetallnd Vareian IARNA ce 4 Select the Automatically download and install agent updates check box 5 Click Save CTERA C Series User Guide 229 12 Centrally Managing CTERA Agents Opening the CTERA Agent Manager The CTERA Agent Manager is used to perform numerous agent specific tasks in the appliance Web interface To open the CTERA Agent Manager Do one of the following In the Configuration tab s navigation pane s Local Backup gt CTERA Agents page click the desired CTERA Agent s name This can be done by administrators only In the My Computers tab click Manage next to the desired CTERA Agent s name This can be done both by administrators and by end users who want to manage their own CTERA Agent End users can manage their own agents only if the administrator enabled the Allow end users to configu
59. Backup Restore Start file level backup Restore files 3 To override the global settings for file level backup click Override Global settings include the file level backup schedule Tip A You can revert to global file level backup settings at any time by clicking Use global settings 4 To enable file level backup select the Enable file level backup check box 5 To schedule file level backup do the following a Inthe Schedule field click The Schedule dialog box appears b Complete the fields using the information in Schedule Fields page 227 c Click OK The default file level backup value is Every 24 hours 6 To select files and folders for backup do the following 234 CTERA C Series User Guide Centrally Managing CTERA Agents 12 Tip H You can also select files and folder for backup on the CTERA Agent installed computer For information see Selecting Files and Folders for File Level Backup a Inthe Files to Back Up field click The Folder amp Files Selection window opens Folder amp Files Selection Select the folders and files to back up from this PC Fy E CITAI volumes Name Type Size Modified b Expand the tree nodes and select the check boxes next to the folders and files you want to back up c Click OK 7 To select applications for backup do the following a Inthe Applications to Back Up field click CTERA C Series User Guide 235 12 Centrally Managing CTERA Ag
60. Backup The result of the last file level backup of the CTERA Agent This can be one of the following E Ifthe last backup was successful the backup s status followed by the amount of time that has elapsed since the last backup If the last backup failed the backup s status followed by the reason backup failed Last Disk level Backup The result of the last disk level backup of the CTERA Agent This can be one of the following Ifthe last backup was successful the backup s status followed by the amount of time that has elapsed since the last backup If the last backup failed the backup s status followed by the reason backup failed The user name that was used to connect the CTERA Agent to the appliance The CTERA Agent s software version 248 CTERA C Series User Guide Centrally Managing CTERA Agents 12 Deleting Agents If a CTERA Agent was uninstalled or you no longer want to manage it you can delete it from the list of CTERA Agents in the appliance Web interface To delete a CTERA Agent 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Local Backup gt CTERA Agents The Local Backup gt CTERA Agents page appears 2 Select the desired CTERA Agent 3 Click Delete A confirmation message appears 4 Click Yes The CTERA Agent is deleted The agent s backup folder is also deleted however data is not deleted from previous NEXT3 snapshots which remain intact CTERA C Series User Guide 249 13
61. C200 0 22 0 nso nnc nnn n 10 Installing a SATA Hard Drive in the CTERA C200 11 Removing a SATA Hard Drive from the CTERA C200 12 Connecting USB Drives 13 CTERA C400 Specifications and Installation 15 Package Contents 15 Rear Panel nnnnnnwnnn nnn nnn nen nnn ennn enna nnannannnannannmannnnnannaannnnnannnanmnnmmnrnt 16 Front Panel nnnnnnn nnn n monn n nnn nnn nn enna nnnnnnannnannannannnanannnanaaanannnmannmanmnncmnnnmnt 18 Technical Specifications 19 Requirements 20 Installing the CTERA C400 a nnnnannnnnnnnnnn nnc nnn cnccnnne 21 Installing a SATA Hard Drive in the CTERA C400 21 Removing a SATA Hard Drive from the CTERA C400 23 Connecting USB Drives 23 CTERA C800 Specifications and Installation
62. Configuration tab s navigation pane click Share gt Windows File Sharing The Share gt Windows File Sharing page appears Cy C200 ctera CONFIGURATION amp Share gt Windows File Sharing Main Windows File Sharing Local Backup ki Coud Bacup Enable CIFS Windows File Sharing Users 1 Previous Versions Mode Automatic Ba Share Shares Client Idle Disconnect Time minutes 10 Collaboration Home Directories Windows File Sharing FTP Server RSync Server AFP Settings NFS Settings Save Revert Domain Workgroup Storage Assigned to WORKGROUP Search Operation Mode Workgroup Event Log Alerts Status ok Cloud Services System Connect to Domain Workgroup Logout Restart Heip amp admin saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 2 Complete the fields using the following table 3 Click Save 4 Optional Do one of the following J To configure Windows file sharing for a network without a domain controller see Configuring Windows File Sharing for a Workgroup on page 115 J To configure Windows file sharing for a network with a single domain controller see Configuring Windows File Sharing for an Individual Active Directory Domain on page 117 J To configure Windows file sharing for an Active Directory multi domain environment that is a tree or forest see Configuring Windows File Sharing for an Active Directory Tree or Forest on page 11
63. Disk in a RAID1 5 or 6 Array on page 86 Each array is divided into volumes which are logical partitions on the array The appliance supports the following types of volumes Network Attached Storage NAS A NAS volume is a volume that is formatted with a file system The appliance acts as a files server for NAS volumes and the files on such volumes can be accessed using any of the appliance supported file sharing protocols The appliance enables you to take snapshots of NAS volumes For more information see Working with Snapshots see Working with Volume Snapshots on page 87 Storage Area Network SAN A SAN volume also called Raw is an unformatted volume The appliance cannot read files on SAN volumes and therefore file sharing synchronization and cloud backup cannot be used with such volumes In order to access a SAN volume an iSCSI target should be defined for this volume The SAN volume will then appear as if it were a physical disk on your PC or server and can be formatted remotely Workflow In order to manage storage for your appliance you must do one of the following uJ Use the Storage Setup Wizard to set up storage in a few easy steps See Setting Up Storage Using the Storage Setup Wizard on page 66 CTERA C Series User Guide 65 7 Managing Storage Manually set up storage by doing the following a Add one or more arrays See Adding and Editing Arrays on page 68 b Create one or m
64. Each user can then be allocated a specific storage space quota as described in Allocating Disk Quotas to Users on page 256 If quotas are not enabled then each user will be able to use unlimited amount of space on this volume Default Quota To set a default storage space quota for volume users select this option and then type the desired default quota in MB in the field This quota will be allocated to each user by default If this option is not enabled then an unlimited amount of space will be allocated to each user by default In either case the default allocated quota can be overridden as described in Allocating Disk Quotas to Users on page 256 Deleting Logical Volumes To delete a logical volume 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Storage gt Volumes The Storage gt Volumes page appears 2 Select the desired volume and click Delete A confirmation message appears 3 Click Yes The volume is deleted Scanning and Repairing Logical Volumes You can scan the file system on a volume for errors Any detected errors are automatically repaired if possible The scan and repair utility supports both EXT3 and NEXT3 volumes Warning Pan During the scanning process the volume is taken offline Do not turn off the appliance while the volume is being scanned To scan and repair a volume 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Storage gt Volumes The Storage gt
65. In the C800 turn the power switch at the front of the appliance to the OFF position Managing Power Usage You can conserve power by configuring the appliance to turn off its hard drives after a period of inactivity To manage appliance power usage 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Storage gt Power Management CTERA C Series User Guide 333 18 Maintenance The Storage gt Power Management page appears Ce ctera 2l Storage gt Power Management Main Local Backup Cloud Backup Users Share Storage Arrays Volumes Snapshots iSCSI Power Management Search Event Log Alerts Cloud Services System Logout A Restart 7 Help Power Management Put hard drives to sleep After inactivity of 2 hours C200 Revert A admin saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 Select the Put hard drives to sleep check box In the After inactivity of drop down list select the amount of time after which the hard drives should be put to sleep if inactive Click Save 334 CTERA C Series User Guide Legal Information This chapter contains important legal information about your CTERA products In This Chapter CTERA End User License Agreement 335 CTERA Limited Hardware Warranty 339 GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
66. Open PreviousVersions Cloud and browse to the desired file or folder and date 3 Copy the file or folder to another location 180 CTERA C Series User Guide Using Cloud Backup 10 Restoring Files and Folders Using Microsoft Windows Previous Versions Interface Microsoft Windows Previous Versions enables you to restore individual files or folders that were backed up to cloud storage directly from your PC You can restore files to previous versions or recover deleted files Tip A Microsoft Windows Previous Versions is supported in Microsoft Windows Server 2003 as well as Windows Vista Ultimate Business and Enterprise editions and requires no special software in these editions It is not supported in Windows Vista Home edition In earlier versions of Windows in order to access previous file and folder versions using Microsoft Windows Shadow Copy you must download and install the Shadow Copy Client from http technet microsoft com en us windowsserver bb405951 asp x To restore an individual file or folder to a previous version 1 View the network share containing the desired file or folder See Viewing Network Shares Using Windows File Sharing on page 146 2 Open the relevant network share and browse to the desired file or folder 3 Right click on the file or folder and click Properties The Properties dialog box appears 4 Click the Previous Versions tab The Previous Versions tab is displayed Important Data d
67. Server check box To manually configure time and date settings on the appliance clear the Synchronize with a Time Server check box 5 Click Next If you chose to synchronize the appliance with a time server the Time Server Settings dialog box appears with a list of time servers with which the appliance will synchronize time and date settings Time Setting Wizard Time Server Settings Please select the Internet time servers with which to synchronize i x 0 pool ntp org 1 pool ntp org tal tel tal 2 pool ntp org Do the following 1 To add a time server to the list type the server s URL in the field provided then click Add n 5 a 2 To remove atime server from the list in the server s row click CTERA C Series User Guide 323 18 Maintenance If you chose to manually configure time and date settings on the appliance the Adjust Date amp Time dialog box appears Time Setting Wizard x Adjust Date amp Time Set the date and time for this device cajrebanio O O asn v Do the following 1 Inthe Date field type the current date or click to select the date from a calendar 2 Inthe Time drop down list select the current time 6 Click Next The Wizard Completed screen appears Time setting Wizard x Wizard Completed 7 Click Finish 324 CTERA C Series User Guide Maintenance 18 Configuring the User Interface Language You can con
68. Sets page appears ctera Cloud Backup gt Backup Sets Main Local Backup Cloud Backup Control Panel Backup Files Backup Sets Exclude Sets Schedule Throughput Users Share Storage Search Event Log Alerts Cloud Services System Logout Restart f f Help C200 MY COMPUTERS FILES CONFIGURATION Backup Sets Bine A Ei Name Enabled Comment X Documents Office documents Images photos and drawings Image photo and drawing files Video Movies and video files Audio Music and sound files Archive and Compressed Compressed or archive files Email Email mailbox files Selected Files 718 9MB Cloud Storage Usage 719 0MB of 10 00GB 7 admin saral ctera cteracom 4 0 12 0 2 Next to the desired included set in the Enabled column select the check box The included set is enabled At the bottom of the workspace the Selected Files field indicates the size of the files selected for backup The Cloud Storage Usage field indicates the amount of used space in your account after the next cloud backup operation including backups from any other CTERA appliances included in your account To disable an included set 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Cloud Backup gt Backup Sets The Cloud Backup gt Backup Sets page appears 2 Next to the desired included set in the Enabled column clear the check bo
69. System gt UPS The System gt UPS page appears displaying the information in the following table C200 MY COMPUTERS FILES CONFIGURATION Qa ctera Main Local Backup UPS Cloud Backup Users Model Smart UPS 1000 Share a AC Power Online Storage 2 Ma Battery EEE 100 remaining oe Est Protection Time 5 hours 50 minutes Event Log Alerts Cloud Services System Firmware Network Configuration Tools Regional Settings e UPS Logout A Restart Q Help ve admin saral ctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 330 CTERA C Series User Guide Maintenance 18 Table 77 UPS Fields In this field Do this The UPS device s power status This can be any of the following E Online J On Battery Low Battery Battery The amount of battery charge remaining Est Protection Time The estimated amount of protection time remaining Resetting the CTERA Appliance to Its Default Settings You can reset the appliance to its default settings Warning h This action erases all of your passwords and settings and you will need to reconfigure the appliance as described in Setting Up the CTERA Appliance on page 44 The appliance can be reset to defaults via the appliance Web interface or using the Reset button on its rear panel To reset the appliance to its default settings via the appliance Web interface 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click System gt Configuratio
70. Time b Complete the fields using the information in Schedule Fields page 227 c Click OK The default file level backup value is Every 24 hours 5 Complete the remaining fields using the information in General Settings File Level Backup Fields page 226 6 Click Save CTERA C Series User Guide 225 12 Centrally Managing CTERA Agents Table 44 General Settings File Level Backup Fields In this field Do this Deleted File Handling Specify how deleted files should be handled by selecting one of the following Keep Deleted Files Files deleted in the source folder should be kept and not deleted in the destination folder For example if one of the files in the folder is deleted on the CTERA Agent enabled computer the file will not be deleted from the appliance network share Move to Trash Can Files deleted in the source folder should be moved from the destination folder to the Recycle Bin which is a special folder named Trash Delete Files deleted in the source folder should be permanently deleted from the destination folder The default value is Delete Backup extended attributes Select this option to back up special file permissions and metadata This is supported only if the target volume is of the EXT3 NEXT3 type Select only files matching these To specify that only files of certain types should be included in types local backup operations select this option and then type the relevant
71. Windows Explorer Integration RB Display icons in Windows Explorer Restore a Notify user when backup started a Notify user when backup ended W Settings About m File evel Backup Disk level Backup Explorer Integration X 3 Complete the fields using the information in the following table 4 Click Save Table 47 CTERA Agent Explorer Integration Fields In this field Display icons in Windows Explorer Select this option to display CTERA backup icons in Windows Explorer Files and folders that are selected for backup will be marked with the E icon in Windows Explorer Folders for which only part of the contents are selected for backup will be marked with the amp icon Notify user when backup started Select this option to display a pop up notification above the CTERA Agent tray icon when backup starts Notify user when backup ended Select this option to display a pop up notification above the CTERA Agent tray icon when backup ends CTERA C Series User Guide 239 12 Centrally Managing CTERA Agents Selecting Files and Folders for File Level Backup You can select files and folder for file level backup for individual CTERA Agents Tip A If the Allow user to configure the agent check box is selected in the global settings for all CTERA Agents files and folders for file level backup can be selected in the CTERA Agent local interface See Configuring Glob
72. a OUx File Edit View Favorites Tools Help a Qs O P Dae Drm i gt E X 9 Address LP ronnastvotmes OOOO Go Tip If your user name and password on the computer are identical to a user name and password on the appliance then the computer will automatically log in to the share using that user name and password You will not be prompted to authenticate In all other cases a pop up window will appear and you must authenticate using a valid user name and password CTERA C Series User Guide 149 9 Sharing Files To access the administrative share via the File Manager E In the File Manager change to the Volumes view See Changing the Tree Pane View on page 278 The administrative share opens displaying all volumes ctera sis MY COMPUTERS FILES CONFIGURATION FILES 1 T AA Q Search Find fies by name 2 Show Volumes gt View K Actions a root avo Vol 1 items Logout Restart Heip amp admin saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 150 CTERA C Series User Guide 10 Using Cloud Backup This chapter explains how to back up your files to cloud storage In This Chapter About the CTERA Cloud Backup Service 151 Workflow 154 Selecting Files and Folders for Cloud Backup
73. a program through Windows Firewall 3 Inthe Program or port list make sure the File and Printer Sharing check box is selected 4 Click OK Enabling File Sharing in Windows 7 If your Windows 7 computer does not appear in the Clientless Backup page or is displayed as a grayed icon perform the following steps to enable file sharing To enable file sharing in Windows 7 1 Open the Network and Sharing Center by clicking Start gt Control Panel clicking Network and Internet and then clicking Network and Sharing Center 196 CTERA C Series User Guide Synchronizing Folders 11 2 5 6 In the left pane click Change advanced sharing settings D afe Network and Sh Change sharing options for different network profiles Advanced sharing settings d 4 Searci Windows creates a separate network profile for each network you use You can choose specific options for each profile E Home or Work current profile a Network discovery i When network discovery is on this computer can see other network computers and devices and is visible to other network computers What is network discovery Turn on network discovery 5 Turn off network discovery When file and printer sharing is on files and printers that you have shared from this computer can File and printer sharing be accessed by people on the network Turn on file and printer sharing 5 Turn off file and pr
74. access to copy the Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge c Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the written offer to provide the Corresponding Source This alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially and only if you received the object code with such an offer in accord with subsection 6b d Convey the object code by offering access from a designated place gratis or for a charge and offer equivalent access to the Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no further charge You need not require recipients to copy the Corresponding Source along with the object code If the place to copy the object code is a network server the Corresponding Source may be on a different server operated by you or a third party that supports equivalent copying facilities provided you maintain clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the Corresponding Source Regardless of what server hosts the Corresponding Source you remain obligated to ensure that it is available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements CTERA C Series User Guide 345 19 Legal Information e Convey the object code using peer to peer transmission provided you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no charge under subsection 6d A separable portion of the object code whose source code is excluded
75. according to the configured schedule J Manually start indexing of the files in cloud storage See Manually Starting Index Updates on page 275 The files will be indexed immediately Users can now search for files as described in Searching for Files on page 284 CTERA C Series User Guide 271 15 Setting Up File Search Enabling Disabling File Search To enable file search 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Search gt File Search The File Search page appears ee C200 ctera CONFIGURATION Search gt File Search Main Local Backup File Search Cloud Backup sae File Indexing is OFF E Settinas Indexed Files 2 files L SYS Last Update 05 59PM Jul 07 2013 5 Of Share G GG Storage Search File Search Event Log Alerts Cloud Services System Logout Restart Help admin saralctera ctera com 4 0 1 0 2 Slide the lever to the On position File search is enabled CNA C200 ctera conta Search gt File Search Main Local Backup File Search Cloud Backup File Indexing is ON E Settinos On Indexed Files 2 files E Update Now YY __esstupdate 05 59PM Jul 07 2013 Search off Share Storage Search File Search Event Log Alerts Cloud Services System Logout Restart Heip A admin saralctera ctera com 4 0 11 0 To disable
76. additional information about all backed up and restored files J Log Errors Only Only provide additional information about files for which errors occurred during backup and restore operations EJ No Logging Do not provide additional information about backed up and restored files The additional information includes file name deduplication ratio and more See Viewing Backup Logs see Viewing Cloud Backup Logs on page 303 The default level is Log Errors Only CTERA C Series User Guide 297 17 Monitoring Your CTERA Appliance Configuring Syslog Logging If desired you can configure the appliance to send logs to a Syslog server located on your network or on the Internet While the appliance Event Log is limited by the amount of available storage space a Syslog server can store an unlimited number of logs Tip p You can obtain free Syslog servers online such as Kiwi Syslog Daemon http www kiwisyslog com To configure Syslog logging 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Event Log gt Syslog The Event Log gt Syslog page appears MY COMPUTERS FILES CONFIGURATION Event Log gt Syslog Main Syslo Local Backup y g Cloud Backi Se _ Use Syslog Users Share Storage Search 514 Event Log UDP z Log Viewer Log Settings Syslog Save Revert Alerts Cloud Services System Logout Restart Hep admin saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 2 Co
77. and Administrators are built in It is not possible to edit the built in user groups names or descriptions To add or edit a user group 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Users gt Groups The Users gt Groups page appears Cx C200 ctera CONFIGURATION Users gt Groups Main Groups Local Backup k ia FA k 2 Cloud Backup Name Member Count Comment usss b Administrators 2 Members of this group have full access to the administration Web interface z pit R Read Only Administrators 0 Members of this group can access the administration Web interface in read only mode Share Gd Storage Search Event Log Alerts ad Cloud Services d System m r Logout Restart Heip admin saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 2 Doone of the following J To add anew user group click New J To edit an existing user group click on its name 258 CTERA C Series User Guide Managing Users 13 The Group Editor Wizard opens displaying the Specify Group Name dialog box Group Editor Wizard x Specify Group Name Specify a name for this group and optionally enter a description of this group 3 Complete the fields using the information in the following table 4 Click Next The Select Group Members dialog box opens Group Editor Wizard Select Group Members Select the members of this group A admin Johns x The Available pane lists all users that have no
78. and Installation Rear Panel Network and power connections are made via the appliance s rear panel Power Button Fan Grille Power Jack Reset Button Back Cover USB Eject Button USB Ports USB Eject Button LAN Port 4 CTERA C Series User Guide CTERA C200 Specifications and Installation 2 The appliance rear panel contains the following elements Table 1 C200 Rear Panel Elements Element Description A button used for turning the appliance on and off Power jack A power jack used for supplying power to the appliance Connect the power supply cable provided in the appliance package to this jack A button used for restarting the appliance or resetting it to its default settings For information see Restarting the CTERA Appliance on page 332 and Resetting the CTERA Appliance to Its Default Settings on page 331 Two USB 2 0 ports used for connecting USB drives Note that you can connect more than two USB drives by connecting a powered USB hub Be sure to use a powered hub in order to avoid exceeding the power capacity of the USB ports An Ethernet port used for connecting the appliance to your Ethernet LAN switch or router Connect the Ethernet cable provided in the appliance package to this port For best performance use a Gigabit capable Ethernet switch Back cover The back cover opens to allow insertion of up to two SATA 3 5 hard drives Fan grille Do not cover or obstru
79. appliance s network connection Connected or Disconnected IP Address The appliance s IP address Default Gateway The IP address of the default gateway DNS Servers The IP addresses of the primary and secondary DNS servers Connection Duration The amount of time that the appliance has been connected to the network Mbps Duplex The current Ethernet link speed and duplex MAC Address The MAC address of this appliance CTERA C Series User Guide 267 14 Managing Network Settings Renewing the DHCP Lease The DHCP lease is automatically renewed as needed You can manually renew as follows To renew the DHCP lease 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click System gt Network The System gt Network page appears 2 Click Renew The lease is renewed Enabling Disabling Link Aggregation IEEE 802 3ad dynamic link aggregation also called port trunking is supported by the CTERA C400 and C800 Link aggregation enables you to use both Ethernet ports of the appliance in parallel to increase the link speed beyond the limits of a single 1Gbps port and to increase redundancy for higher availability To enable link aggregation 1 Connect both of the CTERA C400 or C800 s LAN ports to a switch that supports IEEE 802 3ad dynamic link aggregation 2 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click System gt Network The System gt Network page appears MY COMPUTERS FILES CONFIGURATION System
80. check box oa To schedule disk level backup do the following a Inthe Schedule field click The Schedule dialog box appears b Complete the fields using the information in Schedule Fields page 227 c Click OK The default disk level backup value is Every 24 hours 6 To select volumes for backup do the following a Inthe Volumes to back up field click CTERA C Series User Guide 237 12 Centrally Managing CTERA Agents The Volumes window opens Volumes Select Volumes to Back Up BERA All Volumes b Expand the tree nodes and select the check boxes next to the volumes you want to back up For an explanation of the icons and check boxes next to each folder see Folder Icons page 156 c Click OK 7 Click Save Configuring System State Backup Settings System state backup is performed as a type of file level backup To configure system state backup settings J Perform file level backup and select System State as a backup application See Configuring File Level Backup Settings on page 233 Configuring Windows Explorer Integration Settings To configure Windows Explorer integration settings 1 Open the CTERA Agent Manager See Opening the CTERA Agent Manager on page 230 2 Click the Explorer Integration tab 238 CTERA C Series User Guide Centrally Managing CTERA Agents 12 The Explorer Integration tab appears CTERA Agent Editor x PC Online amp E
81. click Actions and then click Cut or press CTRL X 4 Navigate to the target folder See Navigating Between Folders on page 278 5 Click Actions and then click Paste or press CTRL V The selected items are copied moved to the target folder Managing Projects You can manage projects using the File Manager For information see Collaborating on Projects on page 140 Managing Network Shares You can manage network shares using the File Manager For information see Managing Network Shares in the File Manager on page 108 The feature is available to administrators only Searching for Files If file search is enabled you can search for files by name See Enabling Disabling File Search on page 272 To search for files 1 Inthe File Manager type the name of the file you want to search for in the Find files by name field 284 CTERA C Series User Guide Using the File Manager 16 2 Click P The search results appear C200 ctera ris FILES backups eS E 33 Latest Version 0 Q Search ctera x P Name Type Location Size Last Modified CTERA backups Agents TECH TAV TOSHic 4 0KB Aug 15 2013 Si Wi CTERA Release Notes 4EA docx DOCX Ibackups Agents TECH TAV TOSH c 166 3KB Jun 10 2013 l we CTERA C Series Cloud Attached St DOCX backups Agents TECH TAV TOSH c 13 7MB Jul 21 2013 CITERA C200 Walkthrough backups Agents TECH TAV TOSH c 4 0KB Aug 15 2013 LA CTERA C200 Walkt
82. cloud storage with the file on your computer choose Overwrite and click Ok Otherwise upload of this file will be canceled CTERA C Series User Guide 281 16 Using the File Manager The file is uploaded and a progress bar displays the upload progress Upload files oax Upload files To upload click Add Files or drag files here Aad Files 3 Cance TE Clear Completed Filename Size Destination Status More Info Document docm 23 6MB public Uploading oe 71 1 files remaining 6 7MB To cancel an upload select the file whose upload you want to cancel and then click Cancel To clear the list of completed uploads click Clear Completed When done uploading all desired files click Close Creating New Folders To create a new folder 1 In the File Manager navigate to the desired parent folder See Navigating Between Folders on page 278 Click Actions and then click New Folder The Choose a name dialog box appears Choose a name x In the field provided type a name for the new folder Click OK 282 CTERA C Series User Guide Using the File Manager 16 Renaming Files and Folders To rename a file or folder 1 In the File Manager navigate to the desired file folder See Navigating Between Folders on page 278 In the right pane click on the file folder s row Click Actions and then click Rename The Choose a name dialog box appears In the field pro
83. d Click Save A new folder is added to the selected parent folder 6 Inthe After resolving conflict keep original for field use the arrow buttons to specify the number of days that the appliance should retain the original version of a file that was independently modified on more than one replica After this time the conflicting copies are deleted Conflicting copies are stored in the conflicts trashcan folder conflicts 7 Click Save Viewing Cloud Drive Synchronization Status You can view information on cloud drive synchronization status and the amount of cloud storage used To view cloud drive synchronization status J In the Configuration tab s navigation pane click Cloud Backup gt Cloud Drive The Cloud Backup gt Cloud Drive page appears The following information is displayed Table 17 Cloud Drive Synchronization Information This field Displays Cloud Storage Usage The amount of used space in your account followed by the number of files on the cloud drive The cloud drive synchronization status Some possible statuses are EJ Sync in progress Synchronization is currently in progress Path is not configured The path to the local folder which should be synchronized with the cloud drive is not configured To configure it see Configuring Advanced Cloud Drive Synchronization Settings on page 60 62 CTERA C Series User Guide Managing Storage This chapter explains how to manage a
84. double click on the file J If in the Details view click once on the file name For information on changing the view see Changing the Right Pane View on page 279 The file is downloaded to your computer To download multiple files or entire folders 1 Inthe File Manager navigate to the desired file See Navigating Between Folders on page 278 2 Inthe right pane select the desired files or folder s See Selecting Files and Folders on page 283 3 Click Actions and then click Download The selected files folders are downloaded to your computer in a file called download zip Uploading Files To upload files 1 Inthe File Manager navigate to the desired folder See Navigating Between Folders on page 278 2 Inthe right pane click Upload 280 CTERA C Series User Guide Using the File Manager 16 The Upload files window appears Upload files Upload files To upload click Add Files or drag files here cance TE Clear Completed More info 3 For each file you want to upload do one of the following Click Add files and browse to the desired file If using Google Chrome or Mozilla FireFox drag and drop a file from your computer to the Upload files window The following things happen If the file already exists the following window appears Select the action you want to perform A file with the same name already exists in this location To overwrite the file in
85. easily backup roaming PCs or remote offices even when they are outside your network The CTERA Agent supports the following types of backup operations J File level backup CTERA C Series User Guide 12 Centrally Managing CTERA Agents File level backup allows backing up files and folders from the CTERA Agent local interface to the appliance The CTERA Agent can back up both unlocked and locked files In addition you can back up the following server applications J Microsoft SQL Server EJ Microsoft Exchange EJ Microsoft Active Directory Tip i Application backup utilizes Microsoft s Volume Shadow Copy Service VSS VSS enables backups that are point in time and application level consistent The backed up files and applications can later be restored as needed Disk level backup Disk level backup also known as bare metal backup allows backing up an image of the CTERA Agent installed computer s hard drives to the appliance In case of an operating system error or a hard drive failure the computer can be restored in full from the disk level backup returning the system to its exact state when the backup was performed You can also restore disk level backups to dissimilar hardware provided it has sufficient disk space and even to a virtual machine VM When CTERA Agent is used in conjunction with CTERA s Cloud Backup a copy of disk level backups is stored offsite for complete disaster protection while
86. file extensions in the field provided The file extensions must be separated by commas For example doc docx docm dotx dotm Exclude files matching these types To specify that files of certain types should be excluded from local backup operations select this option and then type the relevant file extensions in the field provided The file extensions must be separated by commas For example tmp temp bak 226 CTERA C Series User Guide Centrally Managing CTERA Agents 12 Table 45 File Level Backup Tab Fields In this field Do this Manual Only Choose this option to disable automatic backups Periodically Choose this option to specify that automatic backups should be performed every certain number of hours The Start Every field is enabled and you must complete it Start Every Use the arrows to specify the interval between backups in hours Specific Time Choose this option to specify that automatic backups should be performed at a certain hour on certain days The Start Time and On Days fields are enabled and you must complete them Select the hour at which backups should start On Days Specify on which days backups should occur by selecting the relevant check boxes or clicking Every Day Configuring Global Disk Level Backup Settings To configure global disk level settings for all CTERA Agents 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Local Backup gt CTERA Agents The Local Backup gt
87. file search 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Search gt File Search The File Search page appears 272 CTERA C Series User Guide Setting Up File Search 15 2 Slide the lever to the Off position File search is disabled Scheduling File Index Updates When file search is enabled the appliance will automatically update the file search index according to a configured schedule If desired you can modify the schedule To schedule automatic index updates 1 In the Configuration tab s navigation pane click Search gt File Search The File Search page appears 2 Click Settings The Indexer Settings dialog box appears displaying the Scheduled Index Updates page Indexer Settings x Scheduled Index Updates Specify when re indexing should occur Periodically x 24 S 3 Complete the fields using the information in the following table 4 Click Finish CTERA C Series User Guide 273 15 Setting Up File Search Table 54 Automatic Index Updates Schedule Fields In this field Do this Refresh index Choose the frequency at which the index should be automatically updated EJ Manual Automatic index updates are disabled Indexing must be started manually See Manually Starting Index Updates on page 275 J Hourly Automatically update the index every specified number of hours The On the field appears Daily Automatically update the index every day The At
88. folder b Click New Folder The Create a New Folder dialog box opens c Inthe Folder Name field type a name for the folder d Click Save A new folder is added to the selected parent folder 3 Click Next 206 CTERA C Series User Guide Synchronizing Folders 11 The Configure Advanced Options dialog box appears Sync Rule Wizard x Configure Advanced Options This page enables you to enter advanced configuration settings If unsure click Next ra S Move to Trash Can 4 Inthe Deleted File Handling field specify how deleted files should be handled by doing one of the following To specify that files deleted in the source folder should be kept and not deleted in the destination folder select Keep Deleted Files For example if you chose to synchronize a local folder to a remote server and one of the files in the folder is deleted locally the file will not be deleted on the remote server To specify that files deleted in the source folder should be moved from the destination folder to the Recycle Bin select Move to Trash Can To specify that files deleted in the source folder should be permanently deleted from the destination folder select Delete 5 Click Next 6 Continue at Completing Synchronized Folder Configuration page 208 CTERA C Series User Guide 207 11 Synchronizing Folders To complete sync rule configuration The Define the Synchronization Schedule dialog box appea
89. for the desired files folders Tip i In order for people outside your network to access your invitations the remote access service must be enabled See Enabling Disabling Remote Access on page 56 The guest invitation includes one or more of the following E An HTTP URL The URL contains a special code which when clicked allows the invitee to view or edit the files folders from anywhere using a Web based file manager This method is ideal for collaborating with users over the Internet as well as users in your local network J A Windows File Sharing path 132 CTERA C Series User Guide Sharing Files 9 The path allows the invitee to view files or collaborate on a project transparently using the standard Windows Explorer interface by means of the Windows File Sharing CIFS protocol This method is designed for collaborating with users in your local network and not over the Internet Upon clicking the URL or path invitation recipients are granted read only or read write access to the shared files folders If desired you can require invitation recipients to authenticate to the appliance using their username and password before they can access the shared file folders Enabling Disabling Guest Invitations To enable guest invitations 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Share gt Collaboration The Share gt Collaboration page appears MY COMPUTERS FILES CONFIGURATION
90. for this Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally NO WARRANTY 11 BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 12 IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES INCLUDING ANY GENERAL SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE 3 Version 3 29 June 2007 Copyrigh
91. ip 174 129 244 61 type CTE o 2013 08 13 08 47 10 Disconnected from portal name ctera ctera com ip 174 129 244 61 type CTE o 2013 08 13 08 46 42 Connected to portal name ctera ctera com ip 174 129 244 61 type CTE A 2013 08 13 08 46 35 Active Directory connection failed Domain join operatio domain SAMONDOM2 o 2013 08 13 08 46 34 Connected to network port LAN address 192 168 1 101 o 2013 08 13 08 46 32 Device started up o 2013 08 13 00 49 23 Disconnected from portal name ctera ctera com ip 174 129 244 61 type CTE iJ 2013 08 13 00 49 22 Device shut down o 2013 08 11 21 57 21 Connected to portal name ctera ctera com ip 174 129 244 61 type CTE QB 201308 21 57 05 Connection to portal failed name ctera ctera com ip 174 129 244 61 type CTE A 2013 08 11 21 57 05 Disconnected from oortal name ctera ctera com io 174 129 244 61 tae CTE bY a le m r IN 4 Pagel 1 Displaying logs 1 78 El Logout Restat Hep B admin amp saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 Tip i If the Log Viewer is already open and a different log category is displayed in the el Select Topic drop down list select System The following information is displayed Table 64 System Log Fields This field Displays An icon indicating the log level See Log Levels page 301 The date and time at which the event occurred user The user who triggered the event Details A description of the event Additional information a
92. is immediately created The snapshot will be retained until manually deleted 88 CTERA C Series User Guide Working with Volume Snapshots 8 Scheduling Automatic Snapshots You can schedule automatic daily snapshots and a snapshot retention policy for all NEXT3 snapshot enabled volumes For an explanation of retention policies see Understanding Snapshot Retention Policies on page 91 To schedule automatic snapshots 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Storage gt Snapshots The Storage gt Snapshots page appears ctera aria MY COMPUTERS FILES CONFIGURATION Main E3 Snapshots Local Backup G Take Snapshot Now Gi Scheduled Snapshots Cloud Backup Volume Name Type Status Total Data Snapshot Overhead Data Reduction Free Space Users Volt NEXT3 Ready 239 71GB 180 0KB 0 0 50 186 78GB Share Vol2 SAN Ready 0 Bytes NIA NIA 0 Bytes Storage l Arrays Volumes Snapshots iscsi x Power Management Date Type Status Total Data Changed Data Data Reduction Search 3 Today Event Log BD August 15 2013 13 14 PM Normal Ready 247 01GB 180 0KB 0 0 100 0 i Alerts Cloud Services System 4 um El Logout Restart Heip admin saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 2 Click Scheduled Snapshots The Snapshot Configuration Wizard opens displaying the Automatic Daily Snapshots dialog box S
93. maintaining a local copy for fast restore CTERA s advanced deduplication efficiently handles the disk level backups ensuring that only differences are sent over the Internet When CTERA Agent is used in conjunction with CTERA s NEXT3 snapshots users can easily roll back to earlier versions of their disk level images NEXT3 ensures that only differences are stored between versions thus greatly reducing the required storage space In Windows Server 2003 disk level backups are stored in NTBACKUP format In all other operating systems disk level backups are stored using the industry standard Virtual Hard Disk VHD file format VHD files can be mounted using standard tools to allow extraction of individual files and folders and it is even possible to run the VHD disk image on a virtual machine VM for immediate disaster recovery after hardware failures For information on restoring files from disk level backup see Restoring Files from Disk Level Backup 214 CTERA C Series User Guide Centrally Managing CTERA Agents 12 Tip i Disk level backup operates over the Windows File Sharing protocol CIFS To perform disk level backups ensure that the computer running CTERA Agent has access to the appliance using Windows File Sharing Tip i Disk level backup does not support backing up volumes larger than 2TB uJ System state backup System state backup available on Windows 2003 Server only creates a backup file for critical syste
94. ok Quota 10GB Logging and Reporting ok Seeding El Logout Restart Hep ok E Settings EB MyAccount Reconnect m A admin saral ctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 The following information is displayed 52 CTERA C Series User Guide Using Cloud Services 6 Table 16 Services Status Information This field Displays The connection status The status of the connection to the CTERA Portal J Resolving the portal address The appliance is resolving the CTERA Portal address E Connected to portalName The appliance is connected to the CTERA Portal named porta Name and the connection is currently in use Connecting The appliance is connecting to the CTERA Portal Disconnected The appliance is disconnected from the CTERA Portal You can reconnect as described in Reconnecting to Services on page 54 Authenticating The appliance is authenticating to the CTERA Portal Connection Failed The connection to the CTERA Portal failed You can reconnect as described in Reconnecting to Services on page 54 Connection Duration The amount of time that the appliance has been connected to the CTERA Portal Server Address The IP address of the CTERA Portal server Service Name The name of each subscription service available from the CTERA Portal The status of your subscription to each service EJ OK You are connected to the service through the CTERA Portal J Disabled The service is
95. or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE You are solely responsible for determining the appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License 8 Limitation of Liability In no event and under no legal theory whether in tort including negligence contract or otherwise unless required by applicable law such as deliberate and grossly negligent acts or agreed to in writing shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages including any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the Work including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any and all other commercial damages or losses even if such Contributor has been advised of the possibility of such damages 9 Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof You may choose to offer and charge a fee for acceptance of support warranty indemnity or other liability obligations and or rights consistent with this License However in accepting such obligations You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility not on behalf of any other Contributor and only if You agree to indemnify defend and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability incurred by or claims asserted again
96. pane click Main gt Home The Main gt Home page appears 2 Click Setup Wizard The Setup Wizard opens displaying the Easy Storage Setup dialog box Setup Wizard x Easy Storage Setup The wizard will now guide you through the process of adding storage to the device The following storage devices were detected A SATA1 153 38GB WDC WD1601ABYS 0 Synchronized 5B Format A SATA2 153 38GB WDC WD1601ABYS 0 Synchronized 5 Format Emm For each drive the following information is listed port number disk capacity in GB disk type and disk model 44 CTERA C Series User Guide Getting Started 5 If there is already data on a drive the Format option appears next to it 3 Optional To format a drive do the following a Click Format next to the drive A confirmation message appears b Click Yes The drive is formatted and all of its contents are erased Warning h Formatting erases all data on the drive If you would like to retain data on a drive do not format it Tip A The appliance supports using hard drives preformatted using the following file systems FAT32 NTFS EXT3 NEXT3 If your hard drive is already formatted using one of these file systems then you are not required to format it If you choose to format a drive it will use the NEXT3 file system 4 Click Next The following things happen If the Setup Wizard determines that certain storage configuration changes would be benefi
97. responsibilities to respect the freedom of others For example if you distribute copies of such a program whether gratis or for a fee you must pass on to the recipients the same freedoms that you received You must make sure that they too receive or can get the source code And you must show them these terms so they know their rights Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps 1 assert copyright on the software and 2 offer you this License giving you legal permission to copy distribute and or modify it For the developers and authors protection the GPL clearly explains that there is no warranty for this free software For both users and authors sake the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as changed so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to authors of previous versions Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run modified versions of the software inside them although the manufacturer can do so This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of protecting users freedom to change the software The systematic pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to use which is precisely where it is most unacceptable Therefore we have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those products If such problems arise substantially in other domains we stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future version
98. to invite other users AFP Settings to view and collaborate on projects NFS Settings a B Settings zd Storage Search Event Log Alerts Cloud Services System gt Logout Restart Hep B admin saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 To disable guest invitations 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Share gt Collaboration The Share gt Collaboration page appears 2 Slide the Guest Invitations lever to the OFF position Guest invitations are disabled Configuring Guest Invitation Settings To configure guest invitation settings 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Share gt Collaboration The Share gt Collaboration page appears 2 Inthe Guest Invitations area click Settings 134 CTERA C Series User Guide Sharing Files 9 The Invitations Settings dialog box opens Invitations Settings Specify the settings to use for new email invitations 3 Complete the fields using the information in the following table 4 Click Finish Table 30 Invitations Settings Fields In this field Web Based File Sharing Windows File Sharing User Authentication Invitation is valid for Do this Select this option to specify that guest invitations should include a URL to access files online This method is ideal for collaborating with users over the Internet if the remote access service is enabled as well as users in your local network Select th
99. to separate licenses directly between You and the third party licensor available from CTERA at Your request You will have no recourse against CTERA unless CTERA is the stated licensor and then only to the extent provided in such license You will be responsible to do whatever is necessary or required by the third party licensor for the licenses and related terms to take effect e g online registration You are also accepting the terms and conditions of the licenses applicable to any Third Party Software including any open source software included with the Software 5 Acceptable Use and Conduct You shall use the Software in compliance with all applicable laws ordinances rules and regulations shall not violate or attempt to violate CTERA s system or network security and shall not misuse the Software in any way You shall be responsible for Your conduct while using the Software 336 CTERA C Series User Guide Legal Information 19 6 Term and Termination CTERA shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time due to Your breach of this Agreement by providing You with a written notice Upon CTERA s termination of this Agreement You shall not be entitled to any compensation reimbursement or damages of any kind You shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time due to CTERA s breach of this Agreement by providing CTERA with a written notice You agree that upon termination or expiration of this Agreement f
100. trashcan are automatically deleted after a configurable time Tip i In order for conflict resolution to be performed correctly the appliance clock must be synchronized with the CTERA Portal clock If there is more than one hour difference between the two clocks after taking into account timezone differences the appliance will show an error message and will not synchronize the cloud drive folder It is recommended to use an NTP server to keep the appliance clock accurate This is the default configuration For additional information see Configuring the CTERA Appliance Time and Date on page 322 Suspending Unsuspending Cloud Drive Synchronization To suspend cloud drive synchronization 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Cloud Backup gt Cloud Drive 58 CTERA C Series User Guide Using Cloud Services 6 The Cloud Backup gt Cloud Drive page appears C200 cee ctera t Cloud Services gt Cloud Drive Main Local Backup Cloud Drive Cloud Backup Users AOK Share Ss Cloud Storage Usage N A A Status Ide poche Suspend Settings Event Log Search Event Log E Alerts Cloud Services Status Remote Access Cloud Drive System Logout A Restat Hep Hk admin saral ctera ctera com 4 0 11 0 2 Click Suspend Cloud drive synchronization is suspended To unsuspend cloud drive synchronization 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Cloud Ba
101. use the arrows to specify the desired percentage The default value is 95 CTERA C Series User Guide 317 17 Monitoring Your CTERA Appliance Cloud Backup Success To send an email alert when an cloud backup operation has been performed successfully select this option Local Backup Success To send an email alert when a local backup operation has been performed successfully select this option Firmware Updated To send an email alert when the appliance firmware has been updated select this option Device shut down started To send an email alert upon appliance startup and shutdown select this option 318 CTERA C Series User Guide Maintenance In This Chapter Viewing the Appliance Details 320 Configuring the CTERA Appliance Name and Location 320 Configuring the CTERA Appliance Time and Date 322 Configuring the User Interface Language 325 Updating the Firmware 325 Exporting and Importing CTERA Appliance Settings 328 Viewing Attached UPS Device Details
102. with it such as to form a larger program in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium is called an aggregate if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation s users beyond what the individual works permit Inclusion of a covered work in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other parts of the aggregate 6 Conveying Non Source Forms You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms of sections 4 and 5 provided that you also convey the machine readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License in one of these ways a Convey the object code in or embodied in a physical product including a physical distribution medium accompanied by the Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium customarily used for software interchange b Convey the object code in or embodied in a physical product including a physical distribution medium accompanied by a written offer valid for at least three years and valid for as long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product model to give anyone who possesses the object code either 1 a copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the product that is covered by this License on a durable physical medium customarily used for software interchange for a price no more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this conveying of source or 2
103. x E Archive and Compressed Compressed or archive files Storage Email m Email mailbox files Search Event Log Alerts Cloud Services System Selected Files 995 5KB Cloud Storage Usage 1 1MB of 10 00GB 0 FB Logout Restart Heip admin saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 Choose the desired synchronization method using the information in the following table 6 Click Next 7 Doone of the following 200 CTERA C Series User Guide Synchronizing Folders 11 If you selected Rsync or Windows File Sharing continue at Synchronizing with a Remote RSync or CIFS Server page 201 If you selected WebDAV continue at Synchronizing with a Remote WebDAV Server page 205 If you selected Local Folder continue at Synchronizing Two Local Folders page 206 Table 38 Synchronization Methods Select this option To specify that Rsync The appliance should synchronize the folder with a remote RSync server This option is ideal if you have an RSync server and a slow Internet connection The appliance should synchronize the folder with a remote WebDAV server Windows File Sharing The appliance should synchronize the folder with a remote server using Windows file sharing CIFS Local Folder The appliance should synchronize the folder with another local folder For example you can set up your appliance to back up a certain folder on a daily basis to an external USB drive To synchronize with
104. 0 400 75 300 60 45 200 30 100 TEE 0 0 21 13 22 57 00 41 0225 0409 05 53 07 37 09 21 11 05 12 49 21 13 2257 00 41 02 25 04 09 05 53 07 37 Active Sessions Type User da CTERA Agent TOSH 2 Administration admin Source IP 192 168 1 100 192 168 1 100 Duration More Info 8 hours 36 minutes 51 minutes 46 seconds Displays The session type B GUI B CIFS Windows File Sharing J CTERA Agent admin amp saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 The user connected to the appliance The IP address from which the user connected to the appliance BH The data is automatically refreshed every few seconds Configuring Logging You can configure appliance Event Log settings as well as Syslog settings CTERA C Series User Guide 295 17 Monitoring Your CTERA Appliance Configuring Event Log Settings You can configure settings for the appliance Event Log including log storage and the log level to display To configure Event Log settings 1 Doone of the following J In the Configuration tab s navigation pane click Event Log gt Log Settings E When viewing any log category click Settings See Viewing Logs on page 299 The Event Log gt Log Settings page appears o ctera A Event Log gt Log Settings Main Local Backup Cloud Backup Users Share Storage Search Event Log Log Viewer Log Settings Syslog Alerts Cloud Servi
105. 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Local Backup gt CTERA Agents The Local Backup gt CTERA Agents page appears 2 Select the desired CTERA Agent 3 Click Disable If local backup is currently running it is paused All future automatic backups for the CTERA Agent are suspended The CTERA Agent s status changes to Disabled To enable local backup for an agent 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Local Backup gt CTERA Agents The Local Backup gt CTERA Agents page appears 2 Select the desired CTERA Agent 3 Click Enable Local backup resumes The CTERA Agent s status changes to Online 242 CTERA C Series User Guide Centrally Managing CTERA Agents 12 Viewing Agent Backups To view CTERA Agent backups 1 Open the CTERA Agent Manager See Opening the CTERA Agent Manager on page 230 Click the Restore tab The Restore tab appears with a table of backups for the agent CTERA Agent Editor x TOSH Online EZ Type Date Size Location Notes Control Panel amp Today 1 0 File Level Aug 13 2013 12 3 718 86MB 9 Local Restore Browse This week 1 Restore G File Level Aug 12 2013 12 3 718 86MB S Cloud Restore Browse B Last week 2 G File Level Aug 11 2013 12 3 718 75MB S Cloud Restore Browse Settings File Level Aug 08 2013 07 5 718 75MB Cloud Restore Browse Two weeks ago 1 i 5 File Level A
106. 15 To remove a user or user group in their row click The user or user group is removed from the table 16 In each user and user group s row click in the Permission column then select the desired access level from the drop down list Options include None Read Only and Read Write f a 17 To remove a user or user group in their row click The user or user group is removed from the table 18 Click Next 112 CTERA C Series User Guide Sharing Files 9 The Wizard Completed screen appears Network Share Wizard x Wizard Completed 19 Click Finish In the File Manager the folder s icon changes to LJ Removing Network Shares from Folders To remove a network share from a folder 1 Inthe File Manager change to the Volumes view See Changing the Tree Pane View on page 278 2 Navigate to the desired folder See Navigating Between Folders on page 278 3 Inthe right pane select the desired folder 4 Click Actions and then click Unshare A confirmation message appears 5 Click Yes The folder is no longer shared In the File Manager the folder s icon changes to P CTERA C Series User Guide 113 9 Sharing Files Configuring File Sharing Protocols Configuring Windows File Sharing When Windows Files Sharing is configured users can view network shares as described in Viewing Network Shares Using Windows File Sharing on page 146 To configure Windows file sharing 1 Inthe
107. 4 f J To navigate to a specific page in the Page field type the desired page number Refreshing Page and Table Contents Some of the pages in the main frame contain a button that allows you to refresh the page s contents Similarly you can refresh the contents of various tables To refresh a page s contents tf J Inthe top right corner of the main frame click The page s contents are refreshed To refresh a table s contents om At the bottom of the table or list click The table s contents are refreshed Accessing the Home Page The main frame contains a shortcut that enables you to quickly access the Home page from any other page in the appliance Web interface s Configuration tab To quickly access the Home page B Inthe top left corner of the main frame click The Home page appears 42 CTERA C Series User Guide Getting Started 5 The Files Tab The Files tab displays the File Manager which enables you to view and manage the files and folders on the appliance MY COMPUTERS FILES CONFIGURATION FILES 1 fal Latest Version 3 Q Search Find fies by name xip L show Shares View Actions 35 root C backups a C cloud projects cloud users projects backups public a E pubiic G users 5 tems Logout Restat Heip amp admin saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 For more information on the File Manager see The File Manager on page 277 The My C
108. 7 114 CTERA C Series User Guide Sharing Files 9 J To configure administrative permissions for Active Directory users and or groups for a single or multi domain environment see Granting Administrative Permissions to Active Directory Users Groups on page 119 Table 26 Windows Sharing Settings Fields In this field Do this Enable CIFS Windows File Select this option to enable Windows file sharing Sharing Previous Versions Mode Select the type of snapshots that should be exposed through the Previous Versions interface J Automatic For volumes that are NEXT3 snapshot enabled display NEXT3 snapshots for all shares For volumes that are not NEXT3 snapshot enabled display cloud snapshots for all shares EJ Local Snapshots NEXT3 snapshots which are stored locally on a NEXT3 snapshot enabled volume EJ Cloud Snapshots Cloud snapshots which are stored online using CTERA s Cloud Backup service The default value is Automatic For more information on snapshots see Working with Volume Snapshots on page 87 Client Idle Disconnect Time Type the amount of time in minutes after which a client should be disconnected if the connection is idle This is an advanced setting and there is usually no need to change it The default value is 10 minutes Configuring Windows File Sharing for a Workgroup To configure Windows file sharing for a workgroup 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Share
109. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or run a copy of the Program Ancillary propagation of a covered work occurring solely as a consequence of using peer to peer transmission to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance However nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or modify any covered work These actions infringe copyright if you do not accept this License Therefore by modifying or propagating a covered work you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so 10 Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients Each time you convey a covered work the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensors to run modify and propagate that work subject to this License You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License An entity transaction is a transaction transferring control of an organization or substantially all assets of one or subdividing an organization or merging organizations If propagation of a covered work results from an entity transaction each party to that transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever licenses to the work the party s predecessor in interest had or could give under the previous paragraph plus a right to possession of the Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest if the predecessor has it or can get it
110. Address 192 168 1 102 ar P re Default Gateway 192 168 1 1 B Settings iii gt DNS Servers 80 179 141 232 80 179 141 233 Renew Search Connection Duration 11 51 50 Connected Event Log Alerts Cloud Services Ports System Firmware Network Saa pm 100Mbps Full Duplex el pia R MAC Address 00 25 25 00 25 18 LAN Logout Restart Hep amp admin saral ctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 CTERA C Series User Guide 263 14 Managing Network Settings 2 Click Settings The Network Configuration Manager opens displaying the Network tab Network Configuration mx Network Configuration Pi aa Obtain an IP address automatically Network Use the following IP address IP Address Ethernet Netmask Obtain a DNS server address automatically Use the following DNS server address Primary DNS Server 3 Complete the fields using the information in the following table 4 Click Save 264 CTERA C Series User Guide Managing Network Settings 14 Warning Pon Set these values with care If you configure these settings incorrectly you may lose network connectivity to your appliance Table 52 Network Settings Fields In this field Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address Do this Choose this option to specify that the appliance should automatically obtain an IP address from the DHCP server in your netw
111. COMPUTERS FILES CONFIGURATION Q Alerts gt Email Alerts Main Email Alerts Local Backup Cloud Backu Pees a p Email Recipient 1 sara l tech tav com Users Email Recipient 2 Share Storage Sender Email alert no reply ctera com Search Alert Events Event Log Log message of severity Critical or higher Bes oe F No cloud connectivity 6 a hours Mail Server Cloud Services V Last Cloud Backup was more than 3 days ago System a x V Last Local Backup was more than 3 v days ago V Last Cloud Sync was more than 5 gt hours ago E Volume Full 95 S V User near storage quota 95 5 Additional Event Notifications E Cloud Backup Success E Local Backup Success E Firmware Updated E Device shut down started Save Revert Test Logout Restart Heip admin amp saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 2 Complete the fields using the information in the following table 3 Click Save 4 To test the configuration click Test A test email is sent to the specified email addresses 316 CTERA C Series User Guide Monitoring Your CTERA Appliance 17 Table 76 Email Alerts Fields In this field Email Recipient 1 Email Recipient 2 Sender Email Log message of severity No cloud connectivity Last Cloud Backup was more than Last Local Backup was more than Last Cloud Sync was more than Volume Full User near storage quota Do this Type an email address to which e
112. CTERA Agents page appears 2 Click Configuration The Global Agents Settings window opens displaying the Settings tab 3 Click the Disk level Backup tab CTERA C Series User Guide 227 12 Centrally Managing CTERA Agents The Disk level Backup tab appears Global Agent Settings mx Global Agent Settings These settings apply to all CTERA Agents EJ E E Enable disk level backup Schedule Every 24 hours Software Updates 4 Select the Enable disk level backup check box The Schedule field is enabled 5 To schedule disk level backup do the following a Inthe Schedule field click The Schedule dialog box appears b Complete the fields using the information in Schedule Fields page 227 c Click OK The default disk level backup value is Every 24 hours 6 Click Save 228 CTERA C Series User Guide Centrally Managing CTERA Agents 12 Configuring Global Software Update Settings You can configure connected CTERA Agents to automatically download and install software updates The software updates are downloaded from the CTERA Portal to the appliance and then the appliance distributes them to connected agents Tip A In order to provide automatic software updates to CTERA Agents the appliance must be connected to cloud services To configure global software update settings for all CTERA Agents 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Local Backup gt CTERA Agents The Local
113. Cloud Services System 2009 2013 CTERA Networks Ltd All rights reserved Legal Information Logout Restart Hep A admin saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 Configuring the CTERA Appliance Name and Location You can configure the appliance s details including its name and location The appliance name is used as a unique identifier of this appliance on your network This name must be different than any other appliance or PC on your network The location field enables you to document your appliance s physical location and is optional To configure the appliance name and location 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Main gt This Device The Main gt This Device page appears displaying the product information 2 To configure the appliance name do the following a Next to the Device Name field click Edit 320 CTERA C Series User Guide Maintenance 18 The Edit Device Name dialog box appears Edit Device Name gt Device Name b Inthe Device Name field type the name that should represent the appliance in your network neighborhood c Click Save 3 To configure the appliance s physical location do the following a Next to the Physical Location field click Edit The Edit Physical Location dialog box appears Edit Physical Location x Physical Location Sme b Inthe Physical Location field type the appliance s location For example Delaware Branch Office c Click Sav
114. D RISK AND THAT YOU WILL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGES TO YOUR COMPUTER SYSTEM OR LOSS OF DATA THAT RESULTS FROM THE USE OF THE SOFTWARE AND SUCH THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE AND SERVICES SOME STATES OR OTHER JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES SO THE ABOVE EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU YOU MAY ALSO HAVE OTHER RIGHTS THAT VARY FROM STATE TO STATE AND JURISDICTION TO JURISDICTION THIS SECTION CONSTITUTES A CONTRACT FOR THE BENEFIT OF EACH OF CTERA S LICENSORS RESELLERS AND DISTRIBUTORS 8 Limitation of Liability NEITHER CTERA NOR ANY OF ITS LICENSORS AND RESELLERS SHALL BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL CONSEQUENTIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES EVEN IF CTERA ITS LICENSORS OR RESELLERS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY SUCH DAMAGES RESULTING FROM i THE USE OR THE INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE ii THE COST OF PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS AND SERVICES OR iii UNAUTHORIZED ACCESS TO OR ALTERATION OF YOUR CONTENT IN ANY CASE AND WITHOUT DEROGATING FROM THE ABOVE TO THE EXTENT THAT THE AFOREMENTIONED LIMITATION OF LIABILITY SHALL NOT BE ENFORCEABLE CTERA S AGGREGATE LIABILITY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY OTHER AGREEMENT BETWEEN CTERA AND YOU SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE LOWER OF I THE AMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU TO CTERA FOR THE SOFTWARE WHICH IS THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THE CLAIM OR II US 1 000 000 THE SOF
115. Disabling Home Directories 134 Enabling Disabling Included Sets 163 356 CTERA C Series User Guide Index Enabling Disabling Link Aggregation 17 27 276 Enabling Disabling Project Collaboration 145 Enabling Disabling Remote Access 56 137 Enlarging a RAID1 Array 89 European Community 364 Exporting and Importing CTERA Appliance Settings 338 Exporting Logs 323 Exporting the Configuration 338 Exporting Users 264 F Filtering Logs 322 Front Panel 6 18 27 G General Settings Fields 241 Getting Started e 35 GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE 352 GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE 3 355 Granting Administrative Permissions to Active Directory Users Groups 119 124 H Hardware Features 9 20 30 Hardware Requirements 9 20 30 Hot Swapping a Disk ina RAID1 5 or 6 Array e 67 89 Hot Swapping Power Supplies 34 How Can Control Which Files Will Be Backed Up 159 162 How Does the Cloud Backup Service Work e 159 Importing the Configuration 191 339 Installing a SATA Hard Drive 87 89 Installing a SATA Hard Drive in the CTERA C200 e 10 11 87 Installing a SATA Hard Drive in the CTERA C400 e 21 87 Installing a SATA Hard Drive in the CTERA C800 e 31 32 87 Installing the CTERA C200 e 10 Installing the CTERA C400 e 21 Installing the CTERA C800 31 Introduction e 1 Inviting Users to Install CTERA Agent 263 Is My Data Secure
116. GURATION Main ol Firmware Update Local Backup olg Cloud Backup n ra The currently installed firmware is up to date sss a Share Current Firmware Version 4 0 12 Storage o RER A Available Firmware Version 4 0 12 Event Log Hardware Model 200 2 Alerts This device will restart in NIA Cloud Services instal from file Settings Firmware Network Configuration Tools Regional Settings UPS BB Logout G Restart Heip amp admin saral ctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 Click Settings The Automatic Update Settings dialog box opens Automatic Update Settings This software can automatically check for updates and install them To specify that the appliance should download and install firmware updates automatically click Download and install updates automatically If you do not select this option you must perform firmware updates manually as described in Manually Updating the Firmware on page 327 To specify that the appliance should automatically reboot after installing new firmware updates do the following 326 CTERA C Series User Guide Maintenance 18 a Click Restart automatically after installing new firmware b Specify when automatic rebooting should occur by doing one of the following To reboot as soon as possible after a firmware update choose As soon as possible In this case the appliance will reboot as soon as it is reco
117. HAVE READ THIS AGREEMENT AND AGREE TO BE BOUND BY AND COMPLY WITH ITS TERMS YOUR WRITTEN APPROVAL IS NOT REQUIRED FOR THE VALIDITY OR ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS AGREEMENT IF YOU ARE ACCEPTING THESE TERMS ON BEHALF OF ANOTHER PERSON OR A COMPANY OR OTHER LEGAL ENTITY YOU REPRESENT AND WARRANT THAT YOU HAVE FULL AUTHORITY TO BIND THAT PERSON COMPANY OR LEGAL ENTITY TO THESE SOFTWARE LICENSE TERMS IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THESE SOFTWARE LICENSE TERMS DO NOT DOWNLOAD INSTALL COPY ACCESS OR USE THE SOFTWARE AND PROMPTLY RETURN THE SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL PACKAGING MEDIA DOCUMENTATION AND PROOF OF PAYMENT TO THE PARTY FROM WHOM IT WAS OBTAINED FOR A REFUND OF THE AMOUNT PAID PROVIDED THAT THE RETURN IS MADE WITHIN TEN 10 DAYS OF THE DATE OF PURCHASE 1 License to Use Software 1 1 Subject to proper payment to CTERA and Your compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement CTERA hereby grants You a non exclusive non sublicensable non transferable license to install and use the Software solely for Your internal business needs in accordance with the terms set forth in this Agreement and subject to any further restrictions in CTERA documentation and solely on the CTERA appliance on which CTERA installed the Software or for stand alone Software solely on a single computer running a validly licensed copy of the operating system for which the Software was designed You agree that except for the limited specific license rights granted in t
118. RA C400 To install the CTERA C400 1 Install at least one hard drive in the appliance See Installing a SATA Hard Drive in the CTERA C400 on page 21 2 Connect one end of the Ethernet cable to the LANO port and connect the other end to your Ethernet LAN switch or hub 3 Connect the provided power supply cable to the AC power input socket and connect the other end to the wall outlet 4 Turn the power switch at the back of the appliance to the ON position The appliance will start up and the Power LED will turn green The appliance automatically obtains an IP address using DHCP Tip A If a DHCP server is not available then after one minute the appliance will use the IP address 192 168 192 5 Warning H If you need to unplug the appliance you must first shut it down as described in Shutting Down the CTERA Appliance on page 333 Failure to do so could result in data loss Installing a SATA Hard Drive in the CTERA C400 To install a SATA hard drive 1 If the desired disk tray s Tray Open Button indicates that the disk tray is locked that is the groove is horizontal then unlock the disk tray by using a flat head screwdriver to turn the groove until it is vertical Tray Open Button 2 Press the disk tray s Tray Open Button CTERA C Series User Guide 21 3 CTERA C400 Specifications and Installation The disk tray lever pops out 3 Pull the lever outwards to remove the disk tray from the C400 4 P
119. RAID Level Select the RAID Level to use lt Previous 5 Choose the desired array type For information about the available types see Array Types page 64 CTERA C Series User Guide 69 7 Managing Storage 6 If you chose RAIDO RAID5 or RAID6 in the RAID Stripe Size field select the desired stripe size in kilobytes The stripe size is the amount of data written to each drive in turn Reading and writing large data files sequentially generally benefits from a large stripe size Small random reads and writes generally benefit from a smaller stripe size The default value is 64 K 7 Click Next The Name this Array dialog box appears Array Editor array1 Name this Array Specify a name for this storage array ss oe enan f cans 8 Inthe Array Name field type a name for the array 9 Click Next The Wizard Completed screen appears Array Editor New Array Wizard Completed 10 To immediately create a volume on the array select the I wish to create a logical volume on this storage array check box 70 CTERA C Series User Guide Managing Storage 7 11 Click Finish Deleting Arrays Warning H Deleting an array will result in the loss of all existing data on the array To delete an array 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Storage gt Arrays The Storage gt Arrays page appears 2 Select the desired array and click Delete A confirmation message appears
120. RSA public key encryption so even if the drive is lost there is very little risk to your sensitive information To prepare a backup seeding hard drive 1 Select the files and folders you want to include in the initial backup See Selecting Files and Folders for Cloud Backup on page 155 These files and folders will be written to the seeding drive 2 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Cloud Backup gt Control Panel The Cloud Backup gt Control Panel page appears 3 Click Seeding 172 CTERA C Series User Guide Using Cloud Backup 10 Tip A This option will appear only if the backup seeding service is supported by your service provider The Select seeding destination dialog box appears Select Seeding Destination dagy 4 4 You can optionally perform the initial backup by preparing a backup seeding hard drive yA The files you selected for backup will be stored on the hard drive you choose below You can then send us the hard drive and we will create the initial backup for vou Please select the destination volume W vol 100 00GB NEXT3 a Use encryption cnc 4 Choose the drive to use as the seeding drive Warning Pon The contents of this drive will be deleted 5 To encrypt the seeding drive select the Use encryption check box 6 Click Finish A confirmation message appears 7 Click Yes The selected files and folders are written to the seeding drive You can now deliver the seedin
121. Series User Guide 287 17 Monitoring Your CTERA Appliance The Main gt Dashboard page appears Cen ctera Main gt C200 MY COMPUTERS CONFIGURATION Main Home This Device Dashboard Activity Local Backup Cloud Backup Users Share Storage Search Event Log Alerts Cloud Services E Logout Restart Hard Disk Drives l array1 RAID1 KE 151 85GB Optimal Volumes SAN volume Last Events 18 JuV2012 13 36 14 Configuration Changed 18 JuV2012 13 35 55 Configuration Changed 18 JuV2012 13 35 17 Connected to portal 18 Ju 2012 13 35 13 Configuration Changed 18 Ju 2012 13 35 13 Configuration Changed Q Hep SATA1 153 38GB Array array1 D Synchronized emi 153 38GB Array array1 Synchronized Storage Device array1 vol2 Storage Device array1 c 105 2668 Online Ready 46 59GB 10 User admin Type Volumes Action added Target volt User admin Type Volumes Action added Target volt Type Volumes Action deleted Target volt Type Volumes Action added Target vol2 amp admin saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 For information on the fields displayed see the following table Tip H The data is automatically refreshed every few seconds 288 CTERA C Series User Guide Monitoring Your CTERA Appliance 17 Table 55 Status Dashboard Fields This field Hard Disk Drives Volumes Last Events Displ
122. Start using it right away 2 To start using the appliance as a search provider immediately select the Start using it right away check box If you do not select this option the appliance will only be added as a search provider upon restarting your browser 3 Click Add CTERA C Series User Guide 285 16 Using the File Manager The appliance is added to your browser s list of search providers ctera 2 Viewing Previous Versions of Files and Folders To view previous versions of files and folders 1 Inthe File Manager s Show Shares tree pane view in the upper bar click c For information on changing the tree pane view see Changing the Tree Pane View on page 278 The Please select snapshot window opens Please select a snapshot x Latest 1 Latest Version is Local B This week 5 Cloud Cloud Aug 14 2013 12 25PM Aug 13 2013 12 25PM Aug 13 2013 12 24PM Aug 12 2013 09 53PM Aug 11 2013 09 53PM Cloud m Cloud D LP AP 4P AP Cloud B Last week 2 Aug 10 2013 09 53PM amp Cloud Aug 08 2013 08 18PM amp Cloud Two weeks ago 1 Aug 03 2013 09 25PM D Cloud 2 Click on the snapshot containing the file folder versions you want to view Latest Version contains the current version of files and folder in cloud backup The za e snapshots are marked according to their type NEXT3 84 or cloud The snapshot contents appear and you can v
123. TWARE IS NOT INTENDED FOR USE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY INHERENTLY DANGEROUS APPLICATION SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OF CERTAIN WARRANTIES OR THE LIMITATION OR EXCLUSION OF LIABILITY FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ACCORDINGLY SOME OR ALL OF THE ABOVE EXCLUSIONS OR LIMITATIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU AND YOU MAY HAVE ADDITIONAL RIGHTS THIS SECTION CONSTITUTES A CONTRACT FOR THE BENEFIT OF EACH OF CTERA S LICENSORS RESELLERS AND DISTRIBUTORS 9 Indemnification by You 9 1 You shall indemnify defend and hold CTERA its affiliates and licensors each of its and their business partners and each of its and their respective employees officers directors and representatives harmless from and against any and all claims losses damages liabilities judgments penalties fines costs and expenses including reasonable attorney fees arising out of or in connection with any claim arising out of i Your use of the Software in a manner not authorized by this Agreement and or in violation of the applicable restrictions and or applicable law ii Your violation of any term or condition of this Agreement or any applicable additional policies or iii Your or Your employees or personnel s negligence or willful misconduct CTERA C Series User Guide 337 19 Legal Information 9 2 CTERA shall promptly notify You of any claim subject to indemnification provided that CTERA s failure to do so shall not affect Your obligations he
124. The Files Tab 43 The My Computers Tab e 43 The Status Bar 43 U Understanding Snapshot Retention Policies 93 95 Updating the Firmware e 335 Uploading Files 288 USA amp Canada 364 Using Clientless Backup 194 195 Using Cloud Backup 157 Using Cloud Drive Synchronization 58 193 194 Using Cloud Services 49 Using External Volume Autosharing 131 Using Guest Invitations 137 Using Home Directories 134 Using Remote Access e 55 Using the File Manager e 285 Using the Web Interface 39 V Viewing Access Logs 317 Viewing Active Guest Invitations 142 Viewing Agent Backups e 251 252 Viewing Agent Details e 254 Viewing Attached UPS Device Details e 340 Viewing Audit Logs 319 Viewing Cloud Backup Information 178 Viewing Cloud Backup Logs 179 307 313 Viewing Cloud Drive Synchronization Status 62 Viewing Cloud Sync Logs 316 Viewing CTERA Agents Logs e 321 Viewing Detailed Information About a Disk Drive 299 301 Viewing File or Folder Details 287 Viewing Local Backup Logs 311 Viewing Logs 306 309 322 323 Viewing Network and Port Settings 275 Viewing Network Shares Using Mac OS X Finder 129 153 Viewing Network Shares Using Windows File Sharing 102 112 118 152 187 188 189 Viewing Previous Versions of Files and Folders e 189 294 Viewing Service Information 52 Viewing Snapshot Contents 98 101 Viewing Snap
125. Tip i The C800 should normally be used with two power cords If both power supplies are installed but one is not connected to power the unit assumes there is a power supply problem and starts beeping until you dismiss the warning by pressing the Mute Alarm button on the rear panel 5 Turn the power switch on the front of the appliance to the ON position The appliance will start up and the Power LED will turn green The appliance automatically obtains an IP address using DHOP Tip A If a DHCP server is not available then after one minute the appliance will use the IP address 192 168 192 5 Warning H If you need to unplug the appliance you must first shut it down as described in Shutting Down the CTERA Appliance on page 333 Failure to do so could result in data loss CTERA C Series User Guide 31 4 CTERA C800 Specifications and Installation Installing a SATA Hard Drive in the CTERA C800 To install a SATA hard drive 1 If the desired disk tray s Tray Open Button indicates that the disk tray is locked that is the groove is horizontal then unlock the disk tray by using one of the supplied disk tray keys to turn the groove until it is vertical Tray Open Button 2 Press the disk tray s Tray Open Button The disk tray lever pops out 3 Pull the lever outwards to remove the disk tray from the C800 4 Place the hard drive in the empty disk tray 32 CTERA C Series User Guide CTERA C800 Specifi
126. Type Description Linear Concatenation JBOD In JBOD Just a Bunch Of Disks disks are simply concatenated so that they act as one large virtual disk For example if you have one 500 GB disk and one 250 GB disk in such an array would act as a 750 GB disk JBOD provides no data redundancy If any of the drives in the array fails the array becomes unreadable The advantage of JBOD is that you can mix disks of different sizes without losing capacity RAIDO Striped In RAIDO data is distributed across multiple disks in a method called striping Data is written in small set amounts to each disk in turn thus increasing speed with no loss of capacity Like JBOD RAIDO provides no redundancy If one disk fails the partial data on the other disks will become useless The size of the array is be the size of the smallest disk in the array times the amount of drives in the array RAIDO requires a minimum of two hard drives RAID1 Mirrored In RAID1 data is duplicated across all disks in the array so that there is full redundancy If a disk fails the array s performance will be reduced the array will be marked as Degraded but data will not be lost so long as there is at least one good disk Data will only be lost if all the disks in the array fail Since the exact same data must be written on each disk in the array the array s capacity is limited to that of the smallest disk RAID1 requires a minimum of two hard drive
127. UALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 16 Limitation of Liability IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND OR CONVEYS THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES INCLUDING ANY GENERAL SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES 17 Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16 If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the Program unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a copy of the Program in return for a fee Apache License Version 2 0 January 2004 http www apache org licenses TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE REPRODUCTION AND DISTRIBUTION 1 Definitions License shall mean the terms and conditions for use reproduction and distribution as defined by Sectio
128. User Guide CTERA C Series July 2013 Version 4 0 Copyright 2009 2013 CTERA Networks Ltd All rights reserved No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means without written permission from CTERA Networks Ltd Information in this document is subject to change without notice and does not represent a commitment on part of CTERA Networks Ltd CTERA C200 C400 C800 P1200 CloudPlug NEXT3 Cloud Attached Storage and Virtual Cloud Drive are trademarks service marks or registered trademarks of CTERA Networks Ltd All other product names mentioned herein are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners The products described in this document are protected by U S patents foreign patents or pending applications Tip i For legal information and for the end user license agreement refer to Legal Information on page 335 in this guide Safety Warning Carefully read the Safety Instructions and Operating Procedures provided in this A guide before attempting to install or operate the appliance Failure to follow these instructions may result in damage to equipment and or personal injuries and will void your warranty J This product contains no user serviceable parts Repair maintenance and servicing of this appliance are to be carried out only by qualified CTERA personnel J This product may only be used for the applications described in the user guide and only in connection with a
129. Volumes page appears 2 Select the desired volume and click Repair 78 CTERA C Series User Guide Managing Storage 7 The Logical Volume Wizard opens displaying the Volume Repair Utility dialog box Logical Volume x Volume Repair Utility This wizard will guide you through the process of checking and repairing the file system on this volume 3 To delete all snapshots for this volume select the Delete all snapshots check box This option is only available when repairing a NEXT3 volume 4 To delete corrupt files select the Delete corrupt files check box If repairing a NEXT3 volume the Delete all snapshots check box is automatically selected 5 Click Next The Scanning amp Repairing screen appears with a progress bar Logical Volume x Scanning amp Repairing The wizard is now scanning the volume Errors will be automatically fixed if possible 8 complete The files system on the volume is scanned for errors CTERA C Series User Guide 79 7 Managing Storage The Repair Complete screen appears with a list of files system errors that were corrected Logical Volume x Repair Complete El The results of the repair process are shown below No errors were found inodes used 0 00 non contiguous files 11 1 non contiguous directories 0 0 of inodes with ind dind tind blocks 0 0 0 blocks used 5 44 bad blocks large files regular files 6 Click Finish Worki
130. Wizard Completed screen appears Setup Wizard x Wizard Completed 2 9 Click Finish Logging Out To log out of the appliance Web interface In the status bar click Logout You are logged out of the appliance Web interface Tip i You will be automatically logged out after a period of inactivity 48 CTERA C Series User Guide Using Cloud Services This chapter explains how to connect your appliance to cloud services In This Chapter Connecting the Appliance to Your CTERA Portal Account 50 Viewing Service Information 51 Modifying Your Services Connection Settings 53 Reconnecting to Services 54 Disconnecting from Services 54 Accessing Your CTERA Portal Account 55 Using Remote Access 55 Using Cloud Drive Synchronization 58 CTERA C Series User Guide 49 6 Using Cloud Services Connecting the Appliance to
131. Your CTERA Portal Account To enjoy CTERA Cloud Attached Storage services such as cloud backup remote monitoring and reporting you need to connect the appliance to your CTERA portal account To connect the appliance to your CTERA Portal account 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Cloud Services gt Status The Cloud Services gt Status page appears ctera Main ona 4 Cloud Services Cloud Backup EJ Connect to Services Subscribe Now i ye By connecting this device to the CTERA Don t have a service account Click here to Sh m 4 Portal you can gain access to Cloud register your new account lt 4 Attached Storage services Storage ang Search Sj Event Log Subscription Benefits Alerts 5 Back up your files online Cloud Services CJ Status access your files from anywhere Remote Access wich E Restore your files with ease System E Logout G Restart Heip admin 40 120 2 Click Connect to Services The Connect to Services Wizard opens displaying the Account Details dialog box Connect to Services x Account Details To connect this device to your CTERA Portal account enter your account ps details lt a a 4 50 CTERA C Series User Guide Using Cloud Services 6 Select the Yes have a CTERA Portal account check box In the Portal Address field type the hostname of the CTERA Portal In the Username field
132. a Remote RSync or CIFS Server The Select the Synchronization Direction dialog box appears Sync Rule Wizard x Select the Synchronization Direction In which direction should the files be synchronized ip in Replicate a folder from a remote device to this device lt Previous Cancel 1 Specify the synchronization direction by doing one of the following To synchronize a folder from a remote server to the appliance choose In To synchronize a folder from the appliance to a remote server choose Out CTERA C Series User Guide 201 11 Synchronizing Folders 2 3 4 5 Click Next The Select a Remote Folder dialog box appears Sync Rule Wizard x Select a Remote Folder i Select the remote file server with which to synchronize this folder Select a Host Complete the fields using the relevant information in the following table Click Next The Configure Advanced Options dialog box appears Sync Rule Wizard x Configure Advanced Options This page enables you to enter advanced configuration settings If unsure click Next i cf S Move to Trash Can In the Deleted File Handling field specify how deleted files should be handled by doing one of the following To specify that files deleted in the source folder should be kept and not deleted in the destination folder select Keep Deleted Files For example if you chose to synchronize a local folder to
133. a remote server and one of the files in the folder is deleted locally the file will not be deleted on the remote server 202 CTERA C Series User Guide Synchronizing Folders 11 J To specify that files deleted in the source folder should be moved from the destination folder to the Trash Can select Move to Trash Can which is a folder called Trash E To specify that files deleted in the source folder should be permanently deleted from the destination folder select Delete 6 Inthe Preserve File Permissions drop down list specify whether the permissions for synchronized files should be retained by doing one of the following EJ To specify that permissions configured for a file in the source folder should not be retained for the parallel file in the destination folder select None EJ To specify that basic permissions configured for a file in the source folder should be retained for the parallel file in the destination folder select Basic EJ To specify that full permissions configured for a file in the source folder should be retained for the parallel file in the destination folder select Full This field only appears if you selected Rsync 7 Click Next 8 Continue at Completing Synchronized Folder Configuration page 208 CTERA C Series User Guide 203 11 Synchronizing Folders Table 39 Select a Remote Folder Fields In this field Do this Server Address Type the remote server s IP address
134. abled Software Requirements In order to use the appliance Web interface you will need the following J Either Microsoft Internet Explorer 7 0 or later Mozilla Firefox 3 0 or later or Google Chrome 5 0 or later EJ Adobe Flash Player Opening Ports on Your Firewall In order to back up roaming PCs and remote offices outside your network using the CTERA Agent you must open your firewall for the network where the CTERA appliance is located to allow incoming TCP ports 995 and 873 to the CTERA appliance CTERA C Series User Guide 2 CTERA C200 Specifications and Installation Installing the CTERA C200 To install the CTERA C200 1 Install at least one hard drive in the appliance See Installing a SATA Hard Drive in the CTERA C200 on page 11 2 Connect one end of the Ethernet cable to the LAN port and connect the other end to your Ethernet LAN switch or router 3 Connect the provided power supply cable to the power jack and connect the power supply to the wall outlet 4 Press the Power button at the back of the appliance The appliance will start up and the Ready Status LED will flash rapidly in orange and then green When the LED turns steady green the appliance is ready The appliance automatically obtains an IP address using DHCP 10 CTERA C Series User Guide CTERA C200 Specifications and Installation 2 Tip i If a DHCP server is not available then after one minute the appliance wil
135. access to the file folder choose Invite collaborator 5 Click Invite 136 CTERA C Series User Guide Sharing Files 9 The Send Invitation dialog box appears with the content of the guest invitation i Send Invitation i i Your invitation to share backups is ready A You can now email the invitation or copy it to the clipboard Your Invitation G3 Send by mail want to share this Folder with you gt Use this link to view the files online htto saral ctera ctera comfilemanager invitation 89A0VRYqTi The files are accessible in this location private saral ctera ctera com invitations 89A0VRYqTi m This invitation is valid to Sep 14 2013 6 Click Send by mail Your email client opens a new message containing the invitation 7 Inthe To field fill in the email address of the person with whom you want to share the file folder 8 Click Send 9 Inthe Send Invitation dialog box click Close Viewing Active Guest Invitations To view active guest invitations 1 Doone of the following To view all active guest invitations in the system 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Share gt Collaboration The Share gt Collaboration page appears 2 Click View Active Invitations CTERA C Series User Guide 137 9 Sharing Files The Manage Invitations window opens Manage Invitations E f The following email invitations are currently valid H
136. address new problems or concerns 348 CTERA C Series User Guide Legal Information 19 Each version is given a distinguishing version number If the Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General Public License or any later version applies to it you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation If the Program does not specify a version number of the GNU General Public License you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of the GNU General Public License can be used that proxy s public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you to choose that version for the Program Later license versions may give you additional or different permissions However no additional obligations are imposed on any author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a later version 15 Disclaimer of Warranty THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE Q
137. al Settings for All CTERA Agents on page 220 and Configuring the Agent To select files and folders for file level backup 1 Open the CTERA Agent Manager See Opening the CTERA Agent Manager on page 230 2 Click the File level Backup tab The File level Backup tab appears 3 In the Files to Back Up field click The Folder amp Files Selection window opens Folder amp Files Selection Select the folders and files to back up from this PC ee a MAN volumes Name Type Size Modified 4 Expand the tree nodes and select the check boxes next to the folders and files you want to back up 5 Click OK 240 CTERA C Series User Guide Centrally Managing CTERA Agents 12 6 Click Save At the bottom of the workspace the Destination field indicates the folder on the appliance to which files will be backed up The Local Disk Space Usage field indicates the amount of used space on the disk after the next local backup operation out of the total amount of space available on the disk Manually Starting Agent Backup The CTERA Agent will automatically back up files applications and volumes to the appliance according to the schedule configured on the appliance If desired you can manually trigger backup at any time To manually start backup from the CTERA Agents page 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Local Backup gt CTERA Agents The Local Backup gt CTERA Agents page appears 2 Select the desired CTERA Agen
138. alctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click System gt Network The System gt Network page appears 2 Slide the lever to the OFF position Link aggregation is disabled CTERA C Series User Guide 269 15 Setting Up File Search This chapter explains how to enable and configure file search In This Chapter Overview n nonane nn nnn nnn 271 Workflow 271 Enabling Disabling File Search 272 Scheduling File Index Updates 273 Manually Starting Index Updates 275 Overview The CTERA appliance search engine enables users to search for files by name The search engine can be enabled and disabled Updating the search engine s index can be done manually and can be scheduled to be done automatically Workflow To use file search do the following 1 Enable file search See Enabling Disabling File Search on page 272 2 Doone or more of the following J Schedule automatic file index updates See Scheduling File Index Updates on page 273 The files in cloud storage will be indexed
139. ally start cloud backup at any time To manually start cloud backup 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Cloud Backup gt Control Panel The Cloud Backup gt Control Panel page appears Ce ctera Cloud Backup gt Control Panel C200 MY COMPUTERS CONFIGURATION Main Local Backup Cloud Backup Control Panel Backup Files Backup Sets Exclude Sets Schedule Throughput Users Share Storage Search Event Log Alerts Cloud Services System Logout Restart 2 Click Backup Now Q Help Cloud Backup Control Panel Next backup will run in 23 hours 37 minutes SEWAAN Restore Suspend Seeding History ov Last backup completed successfully o C 21 minutes 55 seconds ago A admin saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 168 CTERA C Series User Guide Using Cloud Backup 10 A progress bar appears and the files are backed up to cloud storage MY COMPUTERS FILES CONFIGURATION Cloud Backup gt Control Panel Main Local Backup Cloud Backup Control Panel Cloud Backup Control Panel Backup Fiss 2 Preparing Suspend Cancel History Backup Sets EE Exclude Sets as satis a Schedule E 0 Bytes of 0 Bytes sent 0 of 0 files Throughput Backup Size 0 Bytes 0 files Users Share Ste asa v Last backup completed successfully 25 minutes 44 seconds ago Search Event Log
140. ames begin with Work 123 Likewise if you select File Type as the condition parameter in the first column select is one of with as the condition operator in the second column and type avi mov mpg in the third column then the backup set will include all files with the extension avi mov and mpg 7 To delete a condition click inits row 8 Click Next The Select Folders dialog box appears This dialog box enables you to select the folders to which this backup set applies By default the root folder is selected meaning that the backup set applies to all files in all folders If desired you can select specific folders to which this backup set should apply For example you can create an backup set that contains all files that have the extension txt and reside in the folder sharel textfiles by entering txt in the previous dialog box and then choosing the folder sharel textfiles in this dialog box 9 Expand the tree nodes to reveal the folders For an explanation of the icons and check boxes next to each folder see Folder Icons page 156 10 Select the check boxes next to the folders you want to include in the excluded set 11 Click Next The Done screen appears 12 Click Finish CTERA C Series User Guide 165 10 Using Cloud Backup Tip i If you added a new excluded set it is automatically enabled Deleting Excluded Sets To delete an excluded set 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation
141. anager See Opening the CTERA Agent Manager on page 230 2 Click the About tab 246 CTERA C Series User Guide Centrally Managing CTERA Agents 12 The About tab appears CTERA Agent Editor gt TOSH Online ry About This Agent Control Panel Agent Version 4 0 12 0 Operating System Microsoft Windows 7 Home Premium Edition 64bit IP Address 192 168 1 103 Restore Owner admin Settings File level Backup Explorer Integration Monitoring Agents To monitor CTERA Agents In the Configuration tab s navigation pane click Local Backup gt CTERA Agents The Local Backup gt CTERA Agents page appears with a table of CTERA Agents The table includes the following columns CTERA C Series User Guide 247 12 Centrally Managing CTERA Agents Table 49 CTERA Agent Columns This column Displays The CTERA Agent s type This can be one of the following ii Server operating system Workstation operating system To view the name of the operating system installed on the computer where the agent is running mouse over the icon The name of the computer on which the CTERA Agent is installed The CTERA Agent s current status For information on possible statuses see Agent Statuses page 246 Progress A progress bar indicating the progress of the current local backup operation If no backup is running for the CTERA Agent then this column is empty Last File level
142. anager e 238 239 241 244 246 248 249 250 251 255 Overview 65 80 91 103 193 222 259 279 P Package Contents 3 15 25 Preparing a Backup Seeding Hard Drive 179 R Rear Panel 4 16 26 342 Reconnecting to Services 53 54 Refreshing Page and Table Contents 42 Refreshing the View 287 Removing a SATA Hard Drive from the CTERA C200 e 12 89 Removing a SATA Hard Drive from the CTERA C400 23 89 Removing a SATA Hard Drive from the CTERA C800 e 33 89 Removing Clientless Backup 197 Removing Network Shares from Folders 117 Renaming Files and Folders 291 Renewing the DHCP Lease 276 Requirements e 9 20 30 Resetting Home Directory Permissions 136 Resetting the CTERA Appliance to Its Default Settings 5 342 Restarting the CTERA Appliance e 5 337 343 Restoring Appliance Configuration from Cloud Backup 190 338 Restoring Files and Folders from a Cloud Snapshot Using the Virtual Cloud Drive 183 187 Restoring Files and Folders from a Cloud NEXT3 Snapshot Using the File Manager 102 183 189 Restoring Files and Folders from the Appliance to the Agent 183 252 Restoring Files and Folders from the Cloud Backup Control Panel 182 183 Restoring Files and Folders Using Microsoft Windows Previous Versions Interface 183 188 Restoring Files from Backup 182 Restoring from NEXT3 Snapshots Using Windows File Sharing 102 Restricting Throughput
143. arch this device xlo Li Show Shares EView Actions My invitations aj invite Guest New Project 7 Upload Sj root E B B Projects vot C public cH E share1 public Projects share1 2 items Logout Restat Hep amp admin amp saral ctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 Using the Web Interface The appliance Web interface consists of the following elements Tabs Used for navigating between the appliance Web interface s tabs Configuration Files and My Computers CTERA C Series User Guide 39 5 Getting Started Tab content The selected tab s content including information and controls Content varies between tabs E Status bar Displays general and session specific controls and information e ctera ss Ean Tabs Tab content Status bar Giogo Route reb somn E saratcters ctera com 4 0120 The Configuration Tab The Configuration tab enables you to manage your appliance settings It consists of the following elements Navigation pane Used for navigating between pages in the tab J Main frame Displays information and controls for the menu section selected in the navigation pane CNN 200 ctera TE ES oono Navigation OELE pane Main frame Elop Grestet nep simn saraicteracters com 40 120 Tip A The Configuration tab is only visible to users who are members of the Administrators or Read Only Administrators user groups 40 CTERA C Series User Guide Getti
144. are gt Collaboration page appears 2 Slide the Project Collaboration lever to the OFF position Project collaboration is disabled Configuring Project Collaboration Settings To configure project collaboration settings 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Share gt Collaboration The Share gt Collaboration page appears In the Project Collaboration area click Settings The Projects Settings dialog box opens Projects Settings Select a network share to be dedicated for storing collaboration projects B j Select 2 Inthe Projects Share drop down list select a share that should be dedicated to the storage of collaboration projects Tip Al Upon enabling project collaboration the projects share was created for this purpose however any share can be used 3 Click Finish Creating Projects To create a collaboration project 1 Inthe Files tab s Show Shares tree pane view navigate to the project collaboration share you specified in Configuring Project Collaboration Settings on page 141 For information on changing the tree pane view see Changing the Tree Pane View on page 278 CTERA C Series User Guide 141 9 Sharing Files For information on navigating between folders see Navigating Between Folders on page 278 2 Click New Project The Collaboration Project Details dialog box opens Collaboration Project Details 3 By using collaboration projects you can easily share fi
145. are these files la Local Users v Quick Search m Name Permission 4b Everyone Read Write yaj lt Previous 13 Add each user and user group who should have access to the network share by doing the following a Inthe Local Users drop down list select one of the following Local Users Search the users defined locally on the appliance E Domain domain Users Search the users belonging to the domain called domain Local Groups Search the user groups defined locally on the appliance Domain domain Groups Search the user groups belonging to the domain called domain b Inthe Quick Search field type a string that appears anywhere within the name of the user or user group you want to add then click CTERA C Series User Guide 105 9 Sharing Files A table of users or user groups matching the search string appears Network Share Wizard Configure Permissions x A person must have a user account in order to access this network share Choose the users with whom to share these files l Jp Local Groups lt Name 4b Everyone Click Add 16 Click Next admin O aaa Tii Username mn Full Name Email m 3p Administrators Jb Read Only Administrators id 4 Page 1of1 gt bl E c Select the desired user or user group in the table The user or user group appears in the Quick Search field The user or user group is added to the list of users and user gro
146. ares vol1 public Sq New Ta Remove Host Permission 12 To enable NFS access to the network share do the following a Select the Enable NFS Access check box b Add the IP addresses of clients that should be allowed NFS access to network share by doing the following 1 Click New The IP address 0 0 0 0 appears in the table Network Share Wizard x NFS UNIX File Sharing 7 NFS access is based on client host IP addresses Choose the clients to which you want to offer access The NFS mount path for this share is shares vol1 public J Netmask Permission D 255 255 255 255 Read Write SS non coen canon 110 CTERA C Series User Guide Sharing Files 9 2 Click in the Host column and edit the IP address 3 Click in the Permission column and select the permitted level of access to the network share via NFS Options include None Read Only and Read Write c Remove client host IP addresses by selecting the desired IP address and clicking Remove Tip E The NFS mount path for the network share is specified at the top of the dialog box 13 Click Next The Configure Permissions dialog box appears with a list of users and user groups Network Share Wizard x Configure Permissions A person must have a user account in order to access this network share Choose the users with whom to share these files lide Local Users Quick Search Name Permission 4b Everyone Read Write E
147. ation tab s navigation pane click Main gt Dashboard 84 CTERA C Series User Guide Managing Storage 7 The Main gt Dashboard page appears A ctera MY COMPU Main 6 i Hard Disk Drives lome This Device SATA1 SATA2 Destirad A 153 38GB Array array1 A 5 153 38GB Array array1 Activity mmg Synchronized emmy Synchronized Local Backup Cloud Backup Arrays Users e Share array1 RAID1 151 85GB a OE e Search Event Log Volumes Alerts 6 Cloud Services vol volt m Storage Device array1 Storage Device array1 System p 105 26GB T____ 46 59GB 10 SAN volume Online Ready Last Events BB Logout Restart Heip 18 JuV2012 13 36 14 Configuration Changed 18 JuV2012 13 35 55 Configuration Changed 18 JuV 2012 13 35 17 Connected to portal 18 JuV2012 13 35 13 Configuration Changed 18 JuV2012 13 35 13 Configuration Changed User admin Type Volumes Action added Target vol1 User admin Type Volumes Action added Target vol1 Type Volumes Action deleted Target volt Type Volumes Action added Target vol2 amp admin saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 b In the Hard Disk Drives area click on the drive for which you want information The Drive Status window appears displaying the Summary tab SATA1 Drive Status Summary l Advanced gt Hard Drive Status for SATA1 kal Drive Status Disk Health Model
148. ays All disk drives installed on the appliance For each drive the following information is displayed GJ The disk type Click on this link to view additional information about the drive For further information see Viewing Detailed Information About a Disk Drive on page 291 The disk size in GB E The array to which the disk is assigned GJ The disk status For a list of possible statuses see Hard Drive Statuses page 290 Note that you may notice a discrepancy between the disk capacity stated on the disk s packaging and the disk capacity displayed in the appliance Dashboard This difference is due to the fact that vendors define 1 GB as 1 billion 10 bytes while computers define 1 GB as 2 bytes All arrays defined on the appliance For each array the following information is displayed The array name and RAID type Click on this link to edit the array For further information see Adding and Editing Arrays on page 68 The array size in GB The array status For a list of possible statuses see Array Statuses page 290 All volumes defined on the appliance For each volume the following information is displayed EJ The volume name and the storage device on which it is located Click on this link to edit the volume For further information see Adding and Editing Logical Volumes on page 73 A bar representing of the percentage of the volume currently in use followed by the volume size in GB followed by the perce
149. b interface See Configuring the Agent Configuring General Settings To configure general settings 1 Open the CTERA Agent Manager See Opening the CTERA Agent Manager on page 230 2 Click the Settings tab CTERA C Series User Guide 231 12 Centrally Managing CTERA Agents The Settings tab appears CTERA Agent Editor x PC Online a is g By Using the global settings B Override Control Panel a a Destination Share backups v Use SSL Connection Allow user to configure the agent 3 Click Override to override the global general settings Tip H You can revert to global general settings at any time by clicking Use global l settings 4 Complete the fields using the information in the following table 5 Click Save 232 CTERA C Series User Guide Centrally Managing CTERA Agents 12 General Settings Fields Table 46 General Settings Fields In this field Destination Share Select the local appliance network share with which the files and folders from the CTERA Agent enabled computer should be backed up Subdirectories will automatically be created under this network share for each backed up folder Use SSL Connection Specify whether to use Secure Socket Layer SSL encryption for connections from the CTERA Agent to the appliance Enabled The CTERA Agent will use SSL Disabled The CTERA Agent will not use SSL Automatic The CTERA Agent will not use SSL whe
150. bout the event 300 CTERA C Series User Guide Monitoring Your CTERA Appliance 17 Table 65 Log Levels J Alert Critical Error Viewing Local Backup Logs To view Local Backup logs 1 Doone of the following J To access Local Backup logs from either Synchronize page click Event Log E To access Local Backup logs from the Log Viewer 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Event Log gt Log Viewer The Event Log gt Log Viewer page appears 2 Inthe Select Topic drop down list select Local Backup CTERA C Series User Guide 301 17 Monitoring Your CTERA Appliance The Local Backup logs appear For information on the displayed fields see the following tables Nn C200 ctera A Event Log gt Log Viewer Main Local Backup Local Backup r Select Topic S LocalBackupy Minimum Severity infor GyClear Settings 3 Export to Excel Cloud Backup Type Start Time Name Mode Type Level Duration Result Ei 2013 0813 00 37 21 TOSH Backup scheduled Fies 00 01 28 Completed succes See Ho 2013 08 12 00 37 19 TOSH Backup scheduled Fies 00 00 57 Completed succes _ Storage o 2013 08 11 00 37 19 TOSH Backup scheduled Fies 00 00 55 Completed succes Search i 2013 08 08 19 49 16 TOSH Backup scheduled Files 00 02 03 Completed succes Event Log si lil ith r Log Viewer Page 1 2 Displaying logs 1 5 Log Settings e Syiti amp export to Ex
151. cations and Installation 4 5 Flip over the disk tray and use the supplied mounting screws to secure the hard drive in the disk tray 6 Slide the disk tray back into the C800 7 Press the disk tray lever back into place until you hear a click 8 Optional If you would like to prevent the disk from being removed lock the disk tray by using one of the supplied disk tray keys to turn the button until the groove is horizontal Removing a SATA Hard Drive from the CTERA C800 Tip A If you want to remove a hard drive safely while the appliance is on use the Safe Removal procedure described in Safely Removing Hard Drives on page 84 To remove a SATA hard drive 1 If the desired disk tray s Tray Open Button indicates that the disk tray is locked that is the groove is horizontal then unlock the disk tray by using one of the supplied disk tray keys to turn the groove until it is vertical 2 Press the disk tray s Tray Open Button The disk tray lever pops out 3 Pull the lever outwards to remove the disk tray from the C800 4 Flip over the disk tray and remove the mounting screws from the disk tray CTERA C Series User Guide 33 4 CTERA C800 Specifications and Installation 5 Remove the hard drive from the disk tray 6 Slide the disk tray back into the C800 7 Press the disk tray lever back into place until you hear a click Connecting USB Drives If desired you can connect a USB drive to the appliance
152. ccessories which have been approved by CTERA J This product can only function correctly and safely if it is transported stored set up and installed correctly and operated and maintained as recommended J Operate this product only from the type of power source indicated on the product s marking label EJ You must use only the power supply that originally comes with your product EJ Overloaded AC outlets extension cords frayed power cords damaged or cracked wire insulation and broken plugs are dangerous They may result in an electrical shock or fire hazard EJ Route power supply cords so that they are not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon or against them EJ Slots and openings in the enclosure are provided for ventilation to ensure reliable operation of the product and to protect it from overheating Do not block or cover these openings E Never place this product near or over a heat source Do not place this product in a built in installation such as a bookcase or equipment rack unless you provide proper ventilation E Shutting down the appliance does not disconnect it from the power system To establish a complete power separation you must unplug the appliance from the wall outlet EJ Never push objects of any kind into this product through openings as they may touch dangerous voltage or short out parts which could result in a fire or electric shock EJ To provide added protection for th
153. cel ae Type File Name Path Result More Info Cloud Services z k lo results found System le m gt Page 1 gt No logs to display El Logout G Restat Hep amp admin saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 2 To view files for which errors occurred during a synchronization operation click on the desired operation in the upper pane Information about files for which errors occurred appears in the lower pane 302 CTERA C Series User Guide Monitoring Your CTERA Appliance 17 Table 66 Local Backup Log Upper Pane Fields This field Displays Name thenameorthesynerig O Mode The operation mode Backup or Restore U e as eer a C O er rer ae Transferred Size The total size of the files transferred to the synchronization destination in MB Morem Additional information about the synchronization operation Table 67 Local Backup Log Lower Pane Fields This field Displays An icon indicating that an error occurred during synchronization Viewing Cloud Backup Logs To view Cloud Backup logs 1 Doone ofthe following J To access Cloud Backup logs from the Cloud Backup gt Control Panel page click History J To access Cloud Backup logs from the Log Viewer CTERA C Series User Guide 303 17 Monitoring Your CTERA Appliance 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Event Log gt Log Viewer The Event Log gt Log Viewer page appears 2 Inthe Select To
154. ces System Logout Restart 2 Complete the fields using the information in the following table 3 Click Save Q Hep JEEE GG amp Log Settings Keep logs for Store logs in Log Level Cloud Backup Log Level 10 Volt Info Log Errors Only Save Revert MY COMPUTERS FILES CONFIGURATION days C200 admin amp y saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 296 CTERA C Series User Guide Monitoring Your CTERA Appliance 17 Table 61 Log Settings Fields In this field Keep logs For Store logs in Log Level Cloud Backup Log Level Do this Type the number of days that the appliance should store logs The default value is 10 days Select the volume where the appliance should store logs If you choose Memory the logs will be deleted each time you reboot the appliance This option is selected by default when no disks are installed If you choose the name of a volume the logs will be stored on that volume Select the minimum log level to display in the appliance Web interface For example if you select Critical then only Alert Critical and Emergency logs will appear in the appliance Web interface The default value is Info The appliance automatically logs all backup and restore operations Specify whether appliance should display additional information about files that are backed up and restored by selecting one of the following GJ Log Every File Provide
155. ch the files and folders from the CTERA Agent enabled computer should be backed up Subdirectories will automatically be created under this network share for each backed up folder Specify whether to use Secure Socket Layer SSL encryption for connections from the CTERA Agent to the appliance Enabled The CTERA Agent will use SSL Disabled The CTERA Agent will not use SSL Automatic The CTERA Agent will not use SSL when in the same LAN as the appliance and will use SSL when they are not in the same LAN as the appliance The default value is Automatic Type the maximum number of backups that can occur at the same time Note If the number of CTERA Agents concurrently attempting to perform a backup operation exceeds this limit each agent over the limit will wait for the number of concurrent backups to drop below this threshold before commencing its own backup operation The default value for the C200 is 10 and the default value for the C400 and C800 is 25 Select this option to allow CTERA Agent users to configure their own agent In order for CTERA Agent users to manage their own agents this option must be selected and the CTERA Agent users must have the Back up files and directories privilege on Windows or be members of the ctera user group on Linux or Mac OS X For further information refer to the CTERA Agent User Guide Note When this option is cleared selecting files for local backup can only be done by an admin
156. cial the Proposed Actions dialog box appears describing the changes Setup Wizard x Proposed Actions Easy Storage Setup recommends the following actions Create an array Raid1 named array1 containing the drive s SATA1 SATA2 Add volume volt on array array1 Tip A You can configure or modify storage settings later on See Managing Storage on c_ page 63 Do the following 1 Optional To skip implementing the proposed configuration changes click Skip these changes CTERA C Series User Guide 45 5 Getting Started 2 Click Next The Account Details dialog box appears Setup Wizard x Account Details To connect this device to your CTERA Portal account enter your a e account details amp gt gt If you have a CTERA Portal account do the following a Select the Yes I have a CTERA Portal account check box b Inthe Portal Address field type the hostname of the CTERA Portal c Inthe Username field type the user name for your CTERA Portal account d Inthe Password field type the password for your CTERA Portal account Click Next Your appliance is added to your CTERA Portal account The Backup Encryption dialog box appears Setup Wizard x Backup Encryption CTERA uses a high grade 256 bit AES encryption key to secure your backup How do you want to generate the encryption key 7 Doone of the following 46 CTERA C Series User Guide Getting Star
157. ciaon Event Log gt Log Viewer Main System Local Backup th 5 P El Select Topic System Minimum Severity infor FhCiear Q Settings Export to Excel Cloud Backup Type Date User Details More Info Se o 2013 08 13 12 05 29 Connected to portal name ctera ctera com ip 174 129 244 61 type CTE Sari amp 201340813 12 05 12 Connection to portal failed name ctera ctera com ip 174 129 244 61 type CTE Storage Ho 2013 08 13 12 05 11 Disconnected from portal name ctera ctera com ip 174 129 244 61 type CTE Search fi 2013 08 13 11 59 15 Connected to portal name ctera ctera com ip 174 129 244 61 type CTE Event Log QB 20130813 11 54 04 Connection to portal failed name ctera ctera com type CTERA Portal reason F Log Viewer A 2013 08 13 11 50 27 Connection to portal failed name ctera ctera com type CTERA Portal reason F Log Settings ee A 2013 08 13 11 48 41 Connection to portal failed name ctera ctera com type CTERA Portal reason F rae T Q 2013 08 13 11 47 23 Connection to portal failed name ctera ctera com ip 174 129 244 61 type CTE i 2013 08 13 11 47 22 Disconnected from portal name ctera ctera com ip 174 129 244 61 type CTE Cloud Services aw z0 2013 08 13 08 47 26 Connected to portal name ctera ctera com ip 174 129 244 61 type CTE y A 2013 08 13 08 47 11 Connection to portal faled name ctera ctera com
158. ck on the desired folders E Inthe upper bar type the desired file or folder path J To navigate to the parent folder of the currently displayed folder in the upper bar click EN The folder s contents appear in the right pane Changing the Tree Pane View The Files tab s tree pane offers two views Shares This is the default view in which the tree pane displays all network shares and the folders they contain All File Manager tasks are available in this view Volumes Users belonging to the Read Only Administrators and Administrators groups can switch to the Volumes view in which the tree pane displays both physical volumes and network shares This view allows managing folders that are not included in any network share File Manager tasks related to guest invitations project collaboration and snapshots are not available in this view To change the tree pane view In the drop down list the top of the tree pane select the desired view 278 CTERA C Series User Guide Using the File Manager 16 Changing the Right Pane View The Files tab s right pane offers two views J Details This view displays the items in the right pane in a table You can sort the tables as described in Sorting Tables on page 41 and hide display columns as described in Displaying and Hiding Columns J Large Icons This view displays the items in the right pane as large icons To change the right pane vie
159. ck the disk tray by using a flat head screwdriver to turn the button until its groove is horizontal vertical Enables you to open the disk tray Upon pressing the button the outer panel of the disk tray visible in the preceding diagram becomes a lever that can be used to pull the disk tray out of the appliance HDD Status Indicators Each disk Each disk tray has tw has two LEDs that indicate it LEDs that indicate ts status status 18 CTERA C Series User Guide CTERA C400 Specifications and Installation 3 PF Blinking Red RAID array failure A LED indicating whether the appliance is operational On Green The appliance is on Technical Specifications Software Features Table 8 Software Features Feature Description CTERA Agents 50 Workstation Agent licenses included Additional Workstation Server Agent licenses available Supported File Systems EXT3 NEXT3 FAT32 NTFS ExFAT Supported File Sharing Protocols CIFS Windows File Sharing NFS FTP WebDAV RSync AFP Apple File Sharing Supported Discovery Protocols UPnP Bonjour RAID Levels RAIDO RAID1 RAIDS RAID6 JBOD Cloud Service Features Table 9 Cloud Service Features Feature Description Backup Files Security AES 256 Encryption SHA 1 fingerprints optional secret passphrase Protocol Security SSL Secure Socket Layers Efficiency Incremental updates Data Compression Block Level Deduplication Version
160. cks for each file 1 Checks whether the file is contained in an excluded set If so the file is skipped 2 Checks whether the file is contained in an included set If so the file is backed up 3 Checks whether the file is contained in a folder that was selected for backup in the folder selection page If so the file is backed up CTERA C Series User Guide 153 10 Using Cloud Backup What Restore Options Are Available The appliance enables you to restore files from backup in the following ways E By restoring some or all files and folders to a previous version via the appliance Web interface J By restoring individual files or folders using Microsoft Windows Shadow Copy J By restoring individual files or folders using the appliance Virtual Cloud Drive By downloading files from your CTERA Portal account Workflow In order to back up your files using CTERA s Cloud Backup service you must perform the following steps 1 Connect to cloud services See Connecting the Appliance to Your CTERA Portal Account on page 50 2 Doone or more of the following J To choose specific files and folders to include in the backup select the desired files and folders See Selecting Files and Folders for Cloud Backup on page 155 J To choose specific file types to include in or exclude from backup operations define and enable backup sets See Working with Backup Sets on page 156 3 Doone or more of the following
161. ckup gt Cloud Drive The Cloud Backup gt Cloud Drive page appears C200 ow ctera Cloud Services gt Cloud Drive Main Local Backup Cloud Drive Cloud Backup A Synchronization is Suspended Share Storage J Settings Event Log Search Event Log Alerts Cloud Services Status Remote Access Cloud Drive System Logout Restat gt Heip A admin saral ctera ctera com 4 0 11 0 CTERA C Series User Guide 59 6 Using Cloud Services 2 Click Unsuspend Cloud drive synchronization is no longer suspended and you can now configure the desired settings Selecting Cloud Folders for Synchronization You can specify which of the portal cloud folders should be synchronized with the appliance To select portal cloud folders for synchronization 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Cloud Services gt Cloud Drive The Cloud Services gt Cloud Drive page appears 2 Click Settings The Cloud Drive Settings window opens displaying the Select Folders tab Cloud Drive Settings j Folders to synchronize 3S root F my ies rm public B projects en MaxProject Advanced F test QD test Select Folders 3 Expand the tree nodes and select the check box next to the portal cloud folder you want to synchronize with the appliance 4 Click Save Configuring Advanced Cloud Drive Synchronization Settings You can specify which local folder sh
162. ckups are suspended A message appears indicating that backup has been suspended MY COMPUTERS FILES CONFIGURATION Cloud Backup gt Control Panel Main Local Backup Cloud Backup Control Panel Cloud Backup Control Panel Backup Files oven Backup is suspended Exclude Sets Throughput Users tte Share Storage ov Last backup completed successfully o 1 day 9 hours ago Search Event Log Alerts Cloud Services ft System Logout Restart gt Hep admin amp saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 170 CTERA C Series User Guide Using Cloud Backup 10 Resuming the Cloud Backup Service If the CTERA Cloud Backup service is suspended you can unsuspend it Tip i Performing the following procedure is equivalent to resuming the Cloud Backup service via the CTERA Agent tray icon s right click menu To resume the CTERA Cloud Backup service 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Cloud Backup gt Control Panel The Cloud Backup gt Control Panel page appears 2 Click Unsuspend If a backup was running at the time when backups were suspended that backup is resumed Otherwise cloud backup will occur at the next scheduled time Viewing Cloud Backup Information You can view information on the last backup performed and the next scheduled back up To view cloud backup information J In the Configuration tab s navigation pane click Cloud Backup gt Control Panel The C
163. click I Agree then Next Otherwise click Cancel a This End User License and Services Agreement the Agreement _ by and between the individual installing and using the Product and or using the Services as such terms are defined below and any legal entity on whose behalf such individual is acting collectively You or you and CTERA Networks Ltd CTERA governs your use of the Product distributed with this Agreement together with any associated media computer software and all accompanying manuals and other documentation and together with all enhancements tinarades and extensions theretn that Agree toed ete ies 5 Choose Agree 6 Click Next The CTERA Agent Setup Wizard opens displaying the CTERA Agent Setup Wizard screen 218 CTERA C Series User Guide Centrally Managing CTERA Agents 12 The Select Installation Folder dialog box appears yono a a M Select Installation Folder cte ra The installer will install CTERA Agent to the following folder To install in this folder click Next To install to a different folder enter it below or click Browse Folder C Program Files x86 CTERASCTERA Agent 7 Click Browse and browse to the folder in where the CTERA Agent should be installed 8 Click Next The Confirm Installation screen appears poom i a Confirm Installation cfe ra The installer is read
164. click Clear All 5 Ifyou want to restore files to a location other than the original location CTERA C Series User Guide 177 10 Using Cloud Backup a Click in the Restore to Folder field The Folder Browser dialog box appears Folder Browser x root b Select the folder to which you would like to restore the files c Click Close 6 Click Next The Restore Files dialog box appears x Restore Files Wizard Restore Files Restore selected files to the device 7 Specify how the appliance should handle files that exist both on your drive and in the selected backup by doing one of the following To specify that the files on your drive should be overwritten by the files in the backup choose Overwrite the destination file To specify that the files on your drive should have the modification date appended to their name choose Append modification date to the file name 8 Click Next 178 CTERA C Series User Guide Using Cloud Backup 10 The Wizard Completed screen appears Restore Files Wizard x Wizard Completed 9 Click Finish A progress bar appears and the files are restored form the selected backup Local Backup Cloud Backup Control Panel Cloud Backup Control Panel Backup Files Backup Sets Restore in Progress Cancel History e Exclude Sets i Schedule j Throughput 0 Bytes recieved 0 files 0 Bytes remaining 1 second 0 bit secw ov Last bac
165. confirmation message appears b Click Yes The drive is formatted and all of its contents are erased Warning Hi Formatting erases all data on the drive If you would like to retain data on a drive do not format it Tip H The appliance supports using hard drives preformatted using the following file systems FAT32 NTFS EXT3 NEXT3 If your hard drive is already formatted using one of these file systems then you are not required to format it If you choose to format a drive it will use the NEXT3 file system 4 Click Next If the Storage Setup Wizard determines that certain storage configuration changes involving this drive would be beneficial the Proposed Actions dialog box appears describing the changes Easy Storage Setup x Proposed Actions Easy Storage Setup recommends the following actions Create an array array1 containing the drive s SATA1 SATA2 o Add volume vol1 on array array1 Do the following 1 Optional To skip implementing the proposed configuration changes click Skip these changes 2 Click Next CTERA C Series User Guide 67 T Managing Storage The Wizard Completed screen appears Easy Storage Setup Wizard Completed 5 Click Finish Manually Setting Up Storage Adding and Editing Arrays To add or edit an array 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Storage gt Arrays The Storage gt Arrays page appears fo ctera Main
166. ct the fan grille as it is needed for proper cooling of your appliance USB Eject 1 USB Eject 2 Buttons used to eject the USB drives Each button ejects the USB drive connected to the port that is adjacent to the button After ejecting a USB drive wait until the USB LED turns off You can then safely remove the USB drive from the system CTERA C Series User Guide 5 2 CTERA C200 Specifications and Installation Front Panel The C200 s front panel includes a set of LEDs that indicate the C200 s current status 6 CTERA C Series User Guide CTERA C200 Specifications and Installation 2 The following table explains the C200 front panel LEDs Table 2 C200 Front Panel LEDs i State Explanation Ready Status Short red blink The appliance is starting up followed by a green blink ME S 0 eeeetecea M O 1 e an eo aa Ce ee E o eee l f No USB storage device is attached or the USB storage device has been successfully ejected and may be unplugged ons An array has failed Blinking fast A disk has failed Blinking slowly An array is degraded A disk is unhealthy There are no disk failures On Green A disk is installed in the SATA bay On Orange The disk format is unrecognized The disk should be formatted Of Of f CTERA C Series User Guide 7 2 CTERA C200 Specifications and Installation Technical Specifications Software Features Table 3 Software Features Feature Desc
167. ctions to your network shares on the FTP Server Maximum Connections per Type the maximum number of concurrent FTP connections allowed Client per client The default value is 5 Banner Message Type the message that should appear at the top of the page when accessing the network shares via FTP The default value is Welcome to CTERA FTP Allow anonymous FTP Select this option to allow users to access and download files from a downloads specific directory on the FTP server without authenticating The Anonymous FTP Directory and Limit downloads bandwidth fields are enabled Anonymous FTP Directory Specify the directory from which anonymous downloads should be allowed by doing one of the following Click and select the desired directory in the Folder Browser EJ Type the path to the desired directory Limit downloads bandwidth Select this option to restrict the bandwidth used for FTP downloads Then type the maximum bandwidth to use for FTP downloads in kilobytes per second 122 CTERA C Series User Guide Sharing Files 9 Configuring RSync Access The appliance can act as an RSync Server allowing users to efficiently synchronize files and folders on their RSync clients or CTERA appliances with the appliance For information see Synchronizing Files with the appliance RSync Server see Synchronizing Files with the RSync Server on page 147 Tip A For operation over untrusted networks it is recommended t
168. d Table 72 Audit Log Fields This field Displays The action type See Audit Log Action Types page 310 The date and time at which the event occurred The user who performed the action The type of setting that was affected by the action For example if user JohnS was deleted this column displays Users The object that was affected by the action For example if user JohnS was deleted this column displays Johns Morem Additional information about the event Table 73 Action Types Icon Label Description Added An object was added to the appliance Web interface beete An object was deleted from the appliance Web interface Modified An object was modified 310 CTERA C Series User Guide Monitoring Your CTERA Appliance 17 Formatted A disk was formatted Expanded An array was enlarged Disabled A setting was disabled Enabled A setting was enabled Viewing CTERA Agents Logs To view CTERA Agents logs 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Event Log gt Log Viewer The Event Log gt Log Viewer page appears 2 Inthe Select Topic drop down list select CTERA Agents The CTERA Agents logs appear Cy ctera Main CTERA Agents Dela Select Topic dix CTERA Agents v Cloud Backup al lor vee t 2013 08 13 12 18 59 ESS H 2013083 06 53 00 Storage Ci 2013 08 12 07 42 56 Search 20208m 22 07 33 Event Log E o 2013 08 11 08 32 38
169. d access rights to network shares the group members will no longer have access rights to those network shares To assign individual users access rights to network shares see Sharing Files on page 99 CTERA C Series User Guide 261 Managing Network Settings This chapter explains how to manage and view network settings In This Chapter Configuring Network Settings 263 Configuring Port Settings 266 Viewing Network and Port Settings 267 Renewing the DHCP Lease 268 Enabling Disabling Link Aggregation 268 Configuring Network Settings By default the appliance is configured to automatically obtain an IP address as well as the DNS servers to use from a DHCP server If your network uses static IP addresses instead of DHCP you must configure the appliance with the necessary settings To configure network settings 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click System gt Network The System gt Network page appears C200 N ctera System gt Network Main Local Backup Network Cloud Backup Users San m IP
170. d then pushing forwards The cover should click into place 12 CTERA C Series User Guide CTERA C200 Specifications and Installation 2 Connecting USB Drives If desired you can connect a USB drive to the appliance To connect a USB drive to the appliance 1 Connect one end of a USB cable into the USB drive 2 Connect the other end of the USB cable to the appliance s USB port CTERA C Series User Guide 13 3 CTERA C400 Specifications and Installation This chapter describes the following The CTERA C400 package contents hardware and specifications E CTERA C400 installation E Hard drive installation and removal Tip A The specifications in this chapter relate to the hardware model CTERA C400 1 In This Chapter Package Contents 15 Rear Panel nn n nnanmnnnm nnn nnn n nnn nnennnannnnnannnannnanaannanmnannannannnannnnnmannnannn nnn nnn 16 Front Panel nnn nnn nnn nnn enn ncn nnmn anna nnannnnnnannannannmannannmanannnannmanmnnnmanmnnrmn mmm 18 Technical Specifications nn nnn nnn nnn nnn nnmnnnnnnmannnnnnanmannannmanmannannmannn 19 RequirementsS 20 Installing the CTERA C400 nnnnn nnn conn nnnnnnnnnannnnnnannannannmannannmanmannannmn
171. d will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance 5 You are not required to accept this License since you have not signed it However nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License Therefore by modifying or distributing the Program or any work based on the Program you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so and all its terms and conditions for copying distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it 6 Each time you redistribute the Program or any work based on the Program the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients exercise of the rights granted herein You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License CTERA C Series User Guide 341 19 Legal Information 7 If as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason not limited to patent issues conditions are imposed on you whether by court order agreement or otherwise that contradict the conditions of this Lice
172. ders 283 Copying Moving Files and Folders 284 Managing ProjectS 284 Managing Network Shares 284 Searching for Files 284 Adding the Appliance as a Search Provider in Your Browser 285 Viewing Previous Versions of Files and Folders 286 The File Manager The File Manager is located in the Files tab It consists of the following elements E Tree pane Used for navigating between folders J Right pane Displays information and controls for the file or folder selected in the tree pane CTERA C Series User Guide 277 16 Using the File Manager E Upper bar Displays additional navigation options as well as file restoration and search Upper bar Tree pane Right pane controls en ctera ma FB Logout resan Hep B simn E saraictera ctera com 40 120 Navigating Between Folders To navigate between folders Do any of the following J In the tree pane expand the nodes and cli
173. developers working in that language The System Libraries of an executable work include anything other than the work as a whole that a is included in the normal form of packaging a Major Component but which is not part of that Major Component and b serves only to enable use of the work with that Major Component or to implement a Standard Interface for which an implementation is available to the public in source code form A Major Component in this context means a major essential component kernel window system and so on of the specific operating system if any on which the executable work runs or a compiler used to produce the work or an object code interpreter used to run it The Corresponding Source for a work in object code form means all the source code needed to generate install and for an executable work run the object code and to modify the work including scripts to control those activities However it does not include the work s System Libraries or general purpose tools or generally available free programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but which are not part of the work For example Corresponding Source includes interface definition files associated with source files for the work and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those subprogra
174. directories are disabled Configuring Home Directory Settings To configure home directory settings 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Share gt Home Directories The Share gt Home Directories page appears 2 Click Settings 130 CTERA C Series User Guide Sharing Files 9 The Home Directory Settings dialog box opens x Home Directory Settings When home directories are enabled the device automatically creates a home directory for each user upon their first login Specify the share in which home directories should be created and with which access permissions v Home Directories Share voll 3 Inthe Home Directories Share drop down list select the network share in which all home directories should be stored Tip i Upon enabling home directories the users share was created for this purpose however any share can be used The selected share will be used exclusively for storing home directories Users will not be permitted to store files directly under the share s root folder Do not select a share that already contains files or folders that are not home directories 4 Inthe Privacy area do one of the following To grant all users access to the home directories of other users click Give users full access to home directories of others To allow only a home directory s owner access to it click Keep home directories private 5 Click Finish Resetting Home Directory Permissions
175. e CTERA C Series User Guide 321 18 Maintenance Configuring the CTERA Appliance Time and Date You can configure the appliance to obtain the time and date from a time server or you configure the time and date manually To configure the appliance time and date 1 3 In the Configuration tab s navigation pane click System gt Regional Settings The System gt Regional Settings page appears displaying the date time and time zone currently configured on the appliance ctera ae 5 Main l Local Backup Current Time Cloud Backup Users Thu 15 Aug 2013 08 42 PM i GMT 02 00 Jerusalem Change date and time settings Share w Storage Search Language Event Log a Alerts Cloud Services Interface Language English E Change Language System Firmware Network Configuration Tools Regional Settings UPS Miwm aeen lOue hasan Bi eacwactacea ane Click Change date and time settings The Time Setting Wizard opens displaying the Select Your Time Zone dialog box Time Setting Wizard x Select Your Time Zone I Please select the correct time zone for your location GMT 02 00 Jerusalem In the Select your time zone drop down list select your time zone 322 CTERA C Series User Guide Maintenance 18 4 Doone of the following To synchronize the appliance with a time server select the Synchronize with a Time
176. e 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Storage gt Volumes CTERA C Series User Guide 73 7 Managing Storage The Storage gt Volumes page appears ctera Main e Volumes Local Backup new Gea Moste J Repair GB Storage Setup wizard D Cloud Backup z Volume Name Mode Status Storage Device Capacity Free veer o E Vout Online Ready Array 1 465 25GB 186 76 Shere o Volz Online Ready Array 1 31 81GB Storage Arrays Volumes Snapshots e iscsi Power Management Search Event Log Alerts Cloud Services System Ki m r ER Logout Restart Heip B admin amp saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 2 Doone of the following To add a new volume click New To edit an existing volume click on its name The Logical Volume Wizard opens displaying the Specify Volume Details dialog box Logical Volume X Specify Volume Details A logical volume is a resizable storage partition Select the storage device to contain this logical volume then specify the volume size array1 0 Bytes Free File System NAS Iv 3 Complete the fields using the information in the following table 4 Click Next The following things happen If you are adding a new volume or editing an encrypted volume the Volume Encryption dialog box appears 74 CTERA C Series User Guide Managing Storage 7 Logical Volume Volume E
177. e MY COMPUTERS FILES CONFIGURATION 5 Alerts gt Mail Server Main Mail Sending Local Backup See E Deliver email using a custom SMTP server Users 4 Share Storage ATP P 25 Search Event Log Alerts ad Email Alerts Mail Server Cloud Services System Save Revert Logout Restat Hep admin saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 2 Complete the fields using the information in the following table 3 Click Save 314 CTERA C Series User Guide Monitoring Your CTERA Appliance 17 Table 75 Mail Server Fields In this field Do this Deliver email using a custom SMTP Select this option to enable email alerts server Additional fields are enabled SMTP Server Type the SMTP server s IP address SMTP Port Type the SMTP server s port number The default value is 25 Server requires authentication Select this option to indicate that the SMTP server requires authentication The Username and Password fields are enabled and you must complete them Type the user name to use when authenticating to the SMTP server Password Type the password to use when authenticating to the SMTP server CTERA C Series User Guide 315 17 Monitoring Your CTERA Appliance Configuring Email Alert Settings To configure email alerts 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Alerts gt Email Alerts The Alerts gt Email Alerts page appears ctera ea MY
178. e use sell offer for sale import and otherwise run modify and propagate the contents of its contributor version In the following three paragraphs a patent license is any express agreement or commitment however denominated not to enforce a patent such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to sue for patent infringement To grant such a patent license to a party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a patent against the party If you convey a covered work knowingly relying on a patent license and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone to copy free of charge and under the terms of this License through a publicly available network server or other readily accessible means then you must either 1 cause the Corresponding Source to be so available or 2 arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the patent license for this particular work or 3 arrange in a manner consistent with the requirements of this License to extend the patent license to downstream recipients Knowingly relying means you have actual knowledge that but for the patent license your conveying the covered work in a country or your recipient s use of the covered work in a country would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that country that you have reason to believe are valid If pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or arrangement you convey or propagat
179. e A Edit Share B Remove Share Autosharing D Cloud Backup Name Volume Path Access Protocols Comment mos GD public Vol Ipublic Only Authenticated Users OFAN Auto generated Share E backups Vol 1 Ibackups Only Authenticated Users OFAN Auto generated Shares m e i projects Vok Iprojects Only Authenticated Users Auto generated Collaboration g DFAA Home Directories Gf users Vol 1 Jusers Only Authenticated Users OFAN Auto generated Windows File Sharing UY coud Volt Icloud Only Authenticated Users EAS Auto generated FTP Server RSync Server AFP Settings NFS Settings Storage Search Event Log Alerts Cloud Services tin System lt m r EB Logout G Restart Heip admin saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 2 Doone ofthe following EJ To add a new network share click New Share E To edit an existing network share click on its name CTERA C Series User Guide 101 9 Sharing Files The Network Share Wizard opens displaying the Select a Folder to Share dialog box appears Network Share Wizard x Select a Folder to Share 7 Select the folder that should be shared across the network taj New Folder 3 Doone ofthe following Select the folder on which you want to create the network share To add a folder on which to create the network share do the following 1 Select the parent folder in which to create the new folder 2 Click New Folder The Create a New Folder dialo
180. e Program or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Program or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Each licensee is addressed as you Activities other than copying distribution and modification are not covered by this License they are outside its scope The act of running the Program is not restricted and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program independent of having been made by running the Program Whether that is true depends on what the Program does 1 You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program s source code as you receive it in any medium provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee 2 You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it thus forming a work based on the Program and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above
181. e Project Member list 6 Inthe project member s row click the Permission field and do one of the following To specify that the member should be able to add edit and delete files and folders in this project select Read Write To specify that the member should only be able to view files and folders in this project select Read Only To specify that the member should bot be able to view files and folders in this project select None 7 To delete a project member click inthe desired project member s row 8 Click Save CTERA C Series User Guide 143 9 Sharing Files The project is added to the project share MY COMPUTERS FILES CONFIGURATION FILES Projects A FH fal Latest Version a Q Search Search this device x p LY show Shares EView gt Eq Actions E My invitations invite Guest New Project 7 Q Upload Sj root 3B Projects P a B Projecti O sharet Project 1 items Logout G Restart Hep admin saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 If the mail server is set up and email addresses are defined for the users you added as project members the appliance will send email notifications to the new project members inviting them to collaborate on the project For information on configuring mail server settings see Configuring Mail Server Settings on page 314 For information on editing users see Adding and Editing Users on page 252 Editing Projects To edit a collaboration proj
182. e by procuring conveyance of a covered work and grant a patent license to some of the parties receiving the covered work authorizing them to use propagate modify or convey a specific copy of the covered work then the patent license you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered work and works based on it A patent license is discriminatory if it does not include within the scope of its coverage prohibits the exercise of or is conditioned on the non exercise of one or more of the rights that are specifically granted under this License You may not convey a covered work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is in the business of distributing software under which you make payment to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying the work and under which the third party grants to any of the parties who would receive the covered work from you a discriminatory patent license a in connection with copies of the covered work conveyed by you or copies made from those copies or b primarily for and in connection with specific products or compilations that contain the covered work unless you entered into that arrangement or that patent license was granted prior to 28 March 2007 Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law 12 No Surrend
183. e disk quota to a user 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Users gt Users The Users gt Users page appears 2 Select the desired user name and click User Quotas 256 CTERA C Series User Guide Managing Users 13 The User Quotas window appears User Quotas x Define User Quotas Define the disk usage quotas for user J Volume Current Usage Specify Quota Quota MB fig vont 0 bytes i 50 For each disk the amount of space consumed by the user is listed along with the user s disk quota 3 For each volume in which you want to define the user s quota do the following a Inthe volume s row select the Specify Quota check box b Inthe field provided type the desired quota in MB 4 For each volume in which you want to revert to the default quota clear the Specify Quota check box For information on setting the default quota see Adding and Editing Logical Volumes on page 73 5 Click Finish Deleting Users Tip A You cannot delete the main administrator account To delete a user 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Users gt Users The Users gt Users page appears 2 Select the desired user name and click Delete A confirmation message appears 3 Click Yes CTERA C Series User Guide 257 13 Managing Users The user is deleted Adding and Editing User Groups Tip Al Users can be members of multiple groups Tip A The groups Read Only Administrators
184. e following 1 Click Start gt Control Panel 2 Open the Windows Firewall Control Panel applet 3 Inthe General tab ensure that the Do not Allow Exceptions check box is not selected 4 Inthe Exceptions tab make sure the File and Printer Sharing check box is selected 5 Click OK CTERA C Series User Guide 195 11 Synchronizing Folders Enabling File Sharing in Windows Vista If your Windows Vista computer does not appear in the Clientless Backup page or is displayed as a grayed icon perform the following steps to enable file sharing To enable file sharing in Windows Vista 1 Open the Network and Sharing Center by clicking Start gt Control Panel clicking Network and Internet and then clicking Network and Sharing Center I Sharing and Discovery Network discovery On y File sharing On v Public folder sharing Of v Printer sharing Off y Password protected sharing On v Media sharing o Off v 2 If network discovery is off click the arrow button to expand the section click Turn on network discovery and then click Apply 3 If file sharing is off click the arrow button to expand the section click Turn on file sharing and then click Apply If you are still having trouble make sure Windows Firewall is not blocking File and Printer Sharing Do the following 1 Open Windows Firewall by clicking the Start gt Control Panel clicking Security and then clicking Windows Firewall 2 Click Allow
185. e interchange or c Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer in accord with Subsection b above The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it For an executable work complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable However as a special exception the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed in either source or binary form with the major components compiler kernel and so on of the operating system on which the executable runs unless that component itself accompanies the executable If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code 4 You may not copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program is void an
186. e snapshot will be automatically deleted when the task is completed Deleted The snapshot has been deleted but the space it is using on the volume has not yet been reclaimed that is the snapshot has not yet been compacted The snapshot s status This can be any of the following Ready The snapshot is mounted and available Pending delete The snapshot is in queue for deletion Deleting The snapshot is being deleted A progress bar indicates the deletion s progress Pending compact The snapshot will be compacted when the appliance is next rebooted Compacting The snapshot is being compacted A progress bar indicates the compaction s progress Offline The snapshot is currently unavailable Total Data The total amount of data contained in the snapshot in GB Changed Data The amount of data that changed between this snapshot and the previous snapshot in GB followed by the percentage of the data that changed Data Reduction NEXT3 stores snapshots efficiently by storing only incremental changes The data reduction field displays the ratio between the actual amount of space used for storing this snapshot incrementally and the amount of space which would have been used had the snapshot been stored non incrementally in percentages In other words this field represents the amount of space saved by using an incremental method to store this snapshot CTERA C Series User Guide 95 8 Working with Volume Snapshots Vi
187. e stated in the form of a separately written license or stated as exceptions the above requirements apply either way 8 Termination You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to propagate or modify it is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License including any patent licenses granted under the third paragraph of section 11 However if you cease all violation of this License then your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated a provisionally unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and finally terminates your license and b permanently if the copyright holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after the cessation Moreover your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the violation by some reasonable means this is the first time you have received notice of violation of this License for any work from that copyright holder and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after your receipt of the notice Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License If your rights have been terminated and not permanently reinstated you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same material under section 10 9
188. e to Clientless Backup See Making Mac OS Computers Accessible to Clientless Backup on page 197 b Define Clientless Backup on a shared folder See Using Clientless Backup on page 186 c Configure Clientless Backup See Configuring Clientless Backup on page 190 The network share will be automatically synchronized according to the configured schedule E To configure file synchronization using sync rules add a sync rule See Adding and Editing Sync Rules on page 199 The network share will be automatically synchronized according to the configured schedule Setting Up Clientless Backup Using Clientless Backup To back up a network share using Clientless Backup 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Local Backup gt Clientless Backup 186 CTERA C Series User Guide Synchronizing Folders 11 The Local Backup gt Clientless Backup page appears displaying all computers in the network neighborhood ctera MY COMPUTERS Main Clientless Backup Local Backup fe _ EE CTERA Agents fal Define Sync g Remove Sync iz Enable gl Disable Stop Run GBcConfiguration Event Log amp Clientless Backup ir Sync Rules i gare Cloud Backup E backups Users a cloud Share l s Fi PreviousVersions Search E projects Ss S pubiic Idle Alerts Cloud Services i ii System von Q te Destination backu
189. ect 1 In the Files tab s Show Shares tree pane view navigate to the desired project For information on changing the tree pane view see Changing the Tree Pane View on page 278 For information on navigating between folders see Navigating Between Folders on page 278 Select the project Click Manage Project The Collaboration Project Details dialog box opens In the Project Name field type a name for the project Optional In the Description field type a description of the project 144 CTERA C Series User Guide Sharing Files 9 6 Toadda project member do the following a Inthe Local Users drop down list select one of the following J Local Users Search the users defined locally on the appliance E Domain domain Users Search the users belonging to the domain called domain J Local Groups Search the user groups defined locally on the appliance Domain domain Groups Search the user groups belonging to the domain called domain b Inthe Quick Search field type a string that appears anywhere within the name of the user or user group you want to add then click A table of users or user groups matching the search string appears c Select the desired user or user group in the table The user or user group appears in the Quick Search field d Click Add The user or user group appears in the Project Member list 7 Inthe project member s row click the Permission field and do one of the following
190. ed CTERA uses state of the art data compression and data deduplication techniques to ensure the backup happens as quickly and efficiently as possible Is My Data Secure In addition to using 128 bit SSL Secure Sockets Layer connections the same security mechanism used by banks all your data is encrypted using 256 bit AES encryption and fingerprinted by 160 bit SHA 1 digest to ensure your data is protected against eavesdroppers For even stronger security you can use a secret passphrase If you use a secret passphrase your data will not be readable by anyone without knowledge of your secret passphrase not even by CTERA How Can Control Which Files Will Be Backed Up The appliance offers the following options for controlling the scope of backup operations J Selecting entire folders for backup When you select an entire folder for backup all of the folders in it are automatically selected for backup J Selecting specific file types for inclusion in or exclusion from backup by using backup sets A backup set represents a group of files of a certain type and or located in certain folders which should either be included in or excluded from backup operations For more information on backup sets see Working with Backup Sets on page 156 These options can be used in conjunction When all options are used the appliance determines the final set of files to include in a backup operation by performing the following che
191. ed the array will return to optimal state Scrubbing Data scrubbing is in progress 290 CTERA C Series User Guide Monitoring Your CTERA Appliance 17 Table 58 Volume Statuses This status Indicates Unknown __ Nofilesystemwasfoundinthevolume Mounting _ Routine cleanup is being performed after a non clean shutdown Viewing Detailed Information About a Disk Drive From the Status Dashboard you can choose to view additional detailed information about a disk drive To view additional information about a disk drive 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Main gt Dashboard The Main gt Dashboard page appears 2 Inthe Hard Disk Drives area click on the drive for which you want information CTERA C Series User Guide 291 17 Monitoring Your CTERA Appliance The Drive Status window appears displaying the Summary tab SATA1 Drive Status x Summary Advanced Hard Drive Status for SATA1 A iem Drive Status Synchronized Py Remove H Format Disk Health OK Model WDC WD1601ABYS 0 Serial Number WD WCAS28369133 Capacity 153 38GB Firmware Version 06 06HOS ATA Version 8 Temperature 36 C For information on the fields displayed refer to the information in Drive Status Fields page 294 3 To format the drive do the following a Click Format A confirmation message appears b Click Yes The disk is formatted 4 To prepare the disk for safe rem
192. efault the appliance automatically creates a network share with read write access for all authenticated users each time a new external drive is inserted This is called external volume autosharing If desired you can disable autosharing or modify the access control list for automatically created shares Enabling Disabling External Volume Autosharing To enable autosharing 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Share gt Shares The Share gt Shares page appears 2 Click Autosharing 126 CTERA C Series User Guide Sharing Files 9 The External Volume Autosharing dialog box opens External Volume Autosharing x External Volume Autosharing If external volume autosharing is enabled a network share is automatically created every time a new external drive is inserted 4 Automatically share external volumes with these permissions amp Local Users w Quick Search ws o Ad Name Permission 4b Everyone Read Write ww 3 Select the Automatically share external volumes with these permissions check box You can now configure access lists See Configuring the Autosharing Access Control List on page 127 4 Click Finish To disable autosharing 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Share gt Shares The Share gt Shares page appears 2 Click Autosharing The External Volume Autosharing dialog box opens 3 Clear the Automatically share external volumes with these permissio
193. elect Critical then only Alert Critical and Emergency logs will be displayed The logs are filtered accordingly Clearing Logs You can clear logs for any log category To clear logs for a log category 1 View the desired log category See Viewing Logs on page 299 2 Click Clear A confirmation message appears 3 Click Yes 312 CTERA C Series User Guide Monitoring Your CTERA Appliance 17 The logs in this category are cleared Exporting Logs You can export logs in any category to a Comma Separated Values csv file on your computer which you can view in Microsoft Excel as a worksheet To export logs in a log category 1 View the desired log category See Viewing Logs on page 299 2 Click Export to Excel The logs are exported Configuring Email Alerts You can configure the appliance to send alerts upon important events The alerts can be sent to up to two email addresses Workflow To configure the appliance to send email alerts do the following 1 Configure mail server settings See Configuring Mail Server Settings on page 314 2 Configure email alert settings See Configuring Email Alert Settings on page 316 CTERA C Series User Guide 313 17 Monitoring Your CTERA Appliance Configuring Mail Server Settings To configure mail server settings 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Alerts gt Mail Server The Alerts gt Mail Server page appears ctera o
194. emove Share A confirmation message appears 3 Click Yes The network share is deleted CTERA C Series User Guide 107 9 Sharing Files Copying Files to a Network Share Using Windows File Sharing To copy files to a network share using Windows File Sharing 1 View the network share containing the desired file or folder See Viewing Network Shares Using Windows File Sharing on page 146 2 Open the relevant network share and folder 3 Copy the desired files to the folder Managing Network Shares in the File Manager Adding and Editing Network Shares Tip i Network shares must not overlap one another For example you cannot share both a and a b To add or edit a network share 1 Inthe File Manager change to the Volumes view See Changing the Tree Pane View on page 278 ctera ae MY COMPUTERS FILES CONFIGURATION FILES u PM Q Search Find files by name Show Volumes Views Actions Jj root avo Vol 1 1 items Logout Restart Heip B admin saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 2 Navigate to the desired folder See Navigating Between Folders on page 278 108 CTERA C Series User Guide Sharing Files 9 3 Inthe right pane select the desired folder 4 Click Actions and then click Share The Network Share Wizard opens displaying the Specify the Network Share Name dialog box Network Share Wizard x Specify the Network Share Name a Welcome to the Network Share Wizard This wi
195. ents The Select Applications window opens a lolx 1 Select Applications Select the applications to backup from this PC Ey a J EAI Applications b Expand the tree nodes and select the check boxes next to the applications you want to back up c Click OK 8 Click Save At the bottom of the workspace the Destination field indicates the folder on the appliance to which files will be backed up The Local Disk Space Usage field indicates the amount of used space on the disk after the next local backup operation out of the total amount of space available on the disk Configuring Disk Level Backup Settings To configure disk level backup settings 1 Open the CTERA Agent Manager See Opening the CTERA Agent Manager on page 230 2 Click the Disk level Backup tab 236 CTERA C Series User Guide Centrally Managing CTERA Agents 12 The Disk level Backup tab appears CTERA Agent Editor x PC Online 2 a 2 q a Using the global settings Override 5 TR 9 Every 24 hours M All volumes Start Backup Restore G Restore files Start disk level backup 3 Click Override to override the global settings for disk level backup Global settings include whether disk level backup is enabled as well as the disk level backup schedule Tip Al You can revert to global disk level backup settings at any time by clicking Use global settings A Select the Enable disk level backup
196. er See Adding and Editing Network Shares on page 101 b If you are using Windows Files Sharing copy the files that you want to share to the folder See Copying Files to a Network Share Using Windows File Sharing on page 108 2 Setup file sharing protocols by doing one or more of the following J To enable access to network shares using Windows Files Sharing see Configuring Windows File Sharing on page 114 J To enable access to network shares via the CTERA FTP Server see Configuring FTP Access on page 121 J To enable access to network shares via the CTERA RSync Server see Configuring RSync Access on page 123 J To enable access to network shares using Apple File Sharing see Configuring Apple File Sharing on page 124 J To enable access to network shares using NFS see Configuring NFS Access on page 125 Managing Network Shares Network shares can be managed in the Configuration tab or the File Manager 100 CTERA C Series User Guide Sharing Files 9 Managing Network Shares in the Configuration Tab Adding and Editing Network Shares Tip A Network shares must not overlap one another For example you cannot share e both a and a b To add or edit a network share 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Share gt Shares The Share gt Shares page appears ae C200 ctera CONFIGURATION Share gt Shares Main Network Shares Local Backup G New Shar
197. er Guide CTERA C800 Specifications and Installation 4 PSU Handles A handle for each power supply enabling one to remove it If both power supplies are installed and one of the power supplies fails or loses power an alarm signal will sound Press this button to mute the power supply alarm See Muting the Power Supply Alarm on page 34 Serial Port A serial RS 232 console port used for connecting to the appliance console The console can be used for advanced troubleshooting and maintenance operations USB 2 0 Ports Four USB 2 0 ports used for connecting USB drives Note that you can connect more than four USB drives by connecting a powered USB hub Be sure to use a powered hub in order to avoid exceeding the power capacity of the USB ports eSATA An eSATA port used for connecting the appliance to a SATA drive LAN 1 LAN2 Two Ethernet ports used for connecting the appliance to your Ethernet LAN switch or router Connect the Ethernet cables provided in the appliance package to these ports To use both ports in parallel configure link aggregation as described in Enabling Disabling Link Aggregation on page 268 For best performance use a Gigabit capable Ethernet switch Front Panel The C800 s front panel appears as follows Disk Tray 4 Disk Tray 3 Disk Tray 2 Disk Tray 1 Tray Open Button HDD Status Indicators Power LED Power Switch Fan 1 LED Disk Tray 8 Disk Tray 7 Disk Tray 6 Disk Tray 5 Fan 2 LED
198. er of Others Freedom If conditions are imposed on you whether by court order agreement or otherwise that contradict the conditions of this License they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License If you cannot convey a covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations then as a consequence you may not convey it at all For example if you agree to terms that obligate you to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey the Program the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program 13 Use with the GNU Affero General Public License Notwithstanding any other provision of this License you have permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single combined work and to convey the resulting work The terms of this License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License section 13 concerning interaction through a network will apply to the combination as such 14 Revised Versions of this License The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and or new versions of the GNU General Public License from time to time Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version but may differ in detail to
199. erbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it By contrast the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software to make sure the software is free for all its users This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation s software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Lesser General Public License instead You can apply it to your programs too When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software and charge for this service if you wish that you receive source code or can get it if you want it that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs and that you know you can do these things To protect your rights we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software or if you modify it For example if you distribute copies of such a program whether gratis or for a fee you must give the recipients all the rights that you have You must make sure
200. ers File Indexing is ON E Settings On Share O Stop Indexing Storage Scanned Files 1 files Off cay Elapsed Time 9 seconds seat Search File Search Event Log Alerts Cloud Services System Logout A Restat Hep ue admin saral ctera ctera com 4 0 1 0 To stop indexing click Stop Indexing When indexing is complete the Indexed Files field displays the number of files indexed and the Last Update field displays the date and time at which the last index update occurred CTERA C Series User Guide 275 16 Using the File Manager This chapter explains how to use the Web based File Manager to manage files that were stored on the appliance In This Chapter The File Manager a a 277 Viewing File or Folder DetailS 279 Downloading Files and Folders 280 Uploading Files 280 Creating New Folders 282 Renaming Files and Folders 283 Selecting Files and Folders 283 Deleting Files and Fol
201. ers on page 284 3 View the Latest Version snapshot See Viewing Previous File and Folder Versions see Viewing Previous Versions of Files and Folders on page 286 4 Paste the files folders you copied earlier See Copying Moving Files and Folders on page 284 182 CTERA C Series User Guide Using Cloud Backup 10 Restoring Appliance Configuration from Cloud Backup Your appliance s configuration is automatically backed up to the cloud each time cloud backup runs To restore your appliance s configuration from cloud backup 1 Using a Web browser log in to your CTERA Portal account The CTERA Portal opens displaying the My Account tab CT era CTERA Portal Main gt My Account My Account Account Owner Sara Levy sara tech tav com Edit My Account Subscription Plan 10GB Online Backup Expiration Date Dec 31 2013 Subscribe E Unsubscribe Add ons None B Ihave a voucher Cloud Usage 0 43 2MB of 10 00GB Workstation Backup Licenses 0of1 Appliances Licenses 20f10 My Profile My Devices dig insta Agent Ada Appiiance A connected B View Status Event Log Last Backup 1 hour 23 minutes ago B View Backup Backup Fies il 43 1MB ACCESS DEVICE saral A connected E View Status amp Last Backup 2 hours 18 minutes ago View Backup Backup Files Al 107 4KB ACCESS DEVICE saral 2 saral E Logout Support Legalinformation AboutUs 2 Click the Backups tab The Backups tab opens
202. etry for Use the arrows to select the number of hours after Clientless Backup has failed that the appliance should continue to retry Clientless Backup The appliance will only log an error once the specified number of hours has elapsed The default value is 20 hours Manually Starting Stopping Clientless Backup You can manually start and stop Clientless Backup for a network share at any time To manually start Clientless Backup 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Local Backup gt Clientless Backup The Local Backup gt Clientless Backup page appears displaying all computers in the network neighborhood 192 CTERA C Series User Guide Synchronizing Folders 11 Tip i If a computer or share does not appear then file sharing is not set up on the computer See Enabling File Sharing on a PC on page 194 2 Select the desired share and click Run A progress bar appears and the relevant share is backed up MY COMPUTERS FILES CONFIGURATION Local Backup gt Clientless Backup Main Clientless Backu Local Backup P E CTERA Agents fal Define Sync g Remove Sync m o Ostp Configuration Event Log Clientless Backup Fa Sync Rules 3 lec Cloud Backup a backups L Users A cloud Share la Storage a PreviousVersions Search Pi projects ll Event Log a public Completed 5 minutes 8 seconds ago Alerts users Cloud Services sl m System cal voh Z
203. evel Backup on page 240 Local configuration is controlled by the Allow user to configure the agent check box in the CTERA Agent global settings Downloading and Installing CTERA Agent To download and install CTERA agent 1 Click the My Computers tab The My Computers page appears R p C200 ctera MY COMPUTERS FILES CONFIGURATION MY COMPUTERS My Computers Download Agent Windows Linux TOSH Online Mac AW File Level Backup f Completed 4 minutes 57 seconds ago z Invite new user Windows Linux EJ nc m 7 EN Logout Restart Heip amp admin saral ctera ctera com 4 0 11 0 2 Under Download Agent click Windows The CTERA Agent installer is downloaded to your computer 3 Double click on the installer file CTERA C Series User Guide 217 12 Centrally Managing CTERA Agents CTERA Agent Setup Wizard The installer will guide you through the steps required to install CTERA Agent on your computer WARNING This computer program is protected by copyright law and intemational treaties Unauthorized duplication or distribution of this program or any portion of it may result in severe civil or criminal penalties and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law 4 Click Next The License Agreement dialog box appears jm a Sa A p Please take a moment to read the license agreement now If you accept the terms below
204. every day until the current date except snapshots for the 25nd through the 31st were not taken because the appliance was turned off The yearly snapshot is the one taken on 24th as it is the latest snapshot taken this year The minimum amount of time that snapshots should be retained You can protect recent snapshots from deletion by specifying the minimum number of hours that snapshots of any type should be retained After this amount of time has elapsed the snapshots will be deleted according to the retention policy The default value is 24 hours meaning that snapshots created less than 24 hours ago will not be deleted 92 CTERA C Series User Guide Working with Volume Snapshots 8 The appliance offers the following pre defined retention policies Table 22 Predefined Snapshot Retention Policies This policy Retains all Daily Weekly Monthly And yearly snapshots for snapshots snapshots snapshots snapshots at least for for for for pe oe ee ee If desired you can configure a custom retention policy Manually Taking Snapshots You can manually take a snapshot of an individual NEXT3 snapshot enabled volume at any time Tip i Manually taken snapshots are retained until manually deleted To manually take a snapshot 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Storage gt Snapshots The Storage gt Snapshots page appears 2 Inthe workspace s upper pane select the desired NEXT3 snapshot e
205. ewing Snapshot Contents To view snapshot contents 1 2 In the Files tab s Show Shares tree pane view in the upper bar click GB For information on changing the tree pane view see Changing the Tree Pane View on page 278 The Please select snapshot dialog box appears Please select a snapshot x Latest 1 Latest Version ry Local a B This week 5 Aug 14 2013 12 25PM e Aug 13 2013 12 25PM e Aug 13 2013 12 24PM S Cloud a e Aug 12 2013 09 53PM Aug 11 2013 09 53PM B Last week 2 Aug 10 2013 09 53PM Aug 08 2013 08 18PM Two weeks ago 1 Aug 03 2013 09 25PM Click on the snapshot whose contents you want to view fra a The snapshots are marked according to their type NEXT3 44 or cloud gt The snapshot s contents appear Deleting Snapshots To delete a snapshot 1 In the Configuration tab s navigation pane click Storage gt Snapshots The Storage gt Snapshots page appears In the workspace s upper pane select the desired volume Snapshots for the volume appear in the lower pane Select the desired snapshot In the snapshot s row click A confirmation message appears Click Yes The snapshot is marked for deletion 96 CTERA C Series User Guide Working with Volume Snapshots 8 Restoring from NEXT3 Snapshots Using Windows File Sharing When Windows File Sharing CIFS is enabled you can restore files and folders from NEXT3 snapshots o
206. f this License 8 If the distribution and or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded In such case this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License 9 The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and or new versions of the General Public License from time to time Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns Each version is given a distinguishing version number If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and any later version you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation If the Program does not specify a version number of this License you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation 10 If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different write to the author to ask for permission For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation write to the Free Software Foundation we sometimes make exceptions
207. f your hard drive fails you can restore the lost data from the backup Traditional backup methods include zip drives CD DVDs external hard drives tape units and more All of these methods are effective though not necessarily efficient or convenient CTERA appliance provides cloud backup in which your files are automatically backed up to the cloud and stored remotely Cloud backup offers numerous advantages over traditional backup methods E Simplicity CTERA C Series User Guide 151 10 Using Cloud Backup Traditional backup methods require user intervention complicating the backup process You may have to insert CDs into drives change tapes or even manually initiate the backup In contrast cloud backup requires only a simple one time configuration Once configured cloud backup runs automatically according to your desired schedule without any need for user intervention J Time Efficiency Due to cloud backup s simplicity of use there is no need to waste time or effort backing up data Your valuable time can be spent on other matters J Security In cloud backup your data is automatically encrypted and fingerprinted For even stronger security you can configure a secret passphrase for accessing the backed up data J Versioning When using traditional backup users often choose to maintain only the most recent version of their files due to storage space restrictions Cloud backup preserves multiple version
208. field appears ul Weekly Automatically update the index once a week The On and At fields appear sd Monthly Automatically update the index once a month The On the X of the month and at fields appear Periodically Automatically update the index every specified period of time The Every field appears The default value is Periodically Specify the minute of each hour at which automatic index updates should occur The default value is 0 Specify the hour of the day at which automatic index updates should occur The default value when configuring daily index updates is 12 00 AM Specify the day of the week on which automatic index updates should occur The default value is Sunday Specify the amount of time between automatic index updates backups in hours and minutes The default value is 24 hours 0 minutes On the X of the month Specify the day of the month on which to update the index 274 CTERA C Series User Guide Setting Up File Search 15 Manually Starting Index Updates You can manually start an index update at any time To manually start update the file search index 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Search gt File Search The File Search page appears 2 Click Update Now The file search index is updated A progress bar tracks the indexing progress MY COMPUTERS FILES CONFIGURATION Search gt File Search Main eee File Search Cloud Backup Us
209. figure the language to be displayed in the appliance s interface The following languages are supported English French German Hebrew Italian Polish and Spanish To configure the user interface language 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click System gt Regional Settings The System gt Regional Settings page appears displaying the date time and time zone currently configured on the appliance 2 Click Change Language The Set Interface Language dialog box appears Set Interface Language x Interface Language English X 3 Inthe Interface Language drop down list select your language 4 Click Save Updating the Firmware You can configure your appliance to automatically download and install firmware updates Alternatively you can install firmware updates manually Configuring Automatic Firmware Updates To configure automatic firmware updates 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click System gt Firmware The System gt Firmware page appears displaying the following information J The currently installed firmware version J The most recent available firmware version J The appliance model CTERA C Series User Guide 325 18 Maintenance 3 4 The amount of time remaining until the appliance restarts This information is displayed if a firmware has been downloaded and the appliance is configured to reboot automatically ctera MY FILES CONFI
210. for a user or user group 1 Inthe Select drop down list select one of the following Local Users Search the users defined locally on the appliance Domain domain Users Search the users belonging to the domain called domain Local Groups Search the user groups defined locally on the appliance Domain domain Groups Search the user groups belonging to the domain called domain 2 Inthe Quick Search field type a string that appears anywhere within the name of the user or user group you want to add then click 188 CTERA C Series User Guide Synchronizing Folders 11 A table of users or user groups matching the search string appears Clientless Backup x Clientless Backup gS The share will be periodically copied to this device f dts Si adminf Username Full Name Email 4b Administrators m B Local Groups Jp Read Only Administrators 1 oft gt bl id 4d Page cance 3 Select the desired user or user group in the table The user or user group appears in the Quick Search field 6 Click Finish The folder s icon changes to a and the synchronization status is indicated At the bottom of the workspace the Destination field indicates the folder on the appliance to which files will be backed up The Local Disk Space Usage field indicates the amount of used space on the disk after the next Clientless Backup operation out of the total amount of space available on the disk Removi
211. from the Corresponding Source as a System Library need not be included in conveying the object code work A User Product is either 1 a consumer product which means any tangible personal property which is normally used for personal family or household purposes or 2 anything designed or sold for incorporation into a dwelling In determining whether a product is a consumer product doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage For a particular product received by a particular user normally used refers to a typical or common use of that class of product regardless of the status of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user actually uses or expects or is expected to use the product A product is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial commercial industrial or non consumer uses unless such uses represent the only significant mode of use of the product Installation Information for a User Product means any methods procedures authorization keys or other information required to install and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from a modified version of its Corresponding Source The information must suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because modification has been made If you convey an object code work under this section in or with or specifically f
212. from the appliance to a remote server choose Out 2 Click Next The Enter the Connection Information dialog box appears Sync Rule Wizard X Enter the Connection Information Enter the WebDAV connection information Sie f f 3 Complete the fields using the information in the following table 4 Click Next 5 Continue at Completing Synchronized Folder Configuration page 208 CTERA C Series User Guide 205 11 Synchronizing Folders Table 40 Enter the Connection Information Fields In this field Do this Full URL The full URL of the remote WebDAV server This must start with http or https Type the user name with which the appliance should authenticate to the remote server If the WebDAV server does not require authentication you can leave the Username and Password fields empty Password Type the password with which the appliance should authenticate to the remote server To synchronize two local folders If you selected Local Folder the Select the Destination Directory dialog box appears Sync Rule Wizard x Select the Destination Directory Select the destination directory to which the source folder will be f periodically copied ee i a share 1 Expand the tree nodes and select the folder with which you want to synchronize 2 Optional To create a new folder do the following a Inthe tree select the parent folder in which you want to create the new
213. functionality CTERA Agent licenses are taken from the licenses included in your appliance Licenses that exceed the number included in your appliance are taken from the workstation agent server agent quotas allocated to your CTERA Portal account A license is taken for as long as an agent is defined in your appliance If you are no longer using an agent as an administrator you can delete the agent from the appliance using the CTERA Agent Manager Table 42 Agent Licenses Included with Your Appliance Appliance Model Included Workstation Agents Included Server Agents c200 wo For licensing of additional server or workstation agents contact your CTERA authorized reseller Workflow Central management of CTERA Agents is performed in the appliance Web interface To centrally manage CTERA Agents do the following 1 Configure global settings for all CTERA Agents See Configuring Global Settings for All CTERA Agents on page 220 2 If local configuration of the agent is disabled do the following a Configure the agent specific settings for the CTERA Agent 216 CTERA C Series User Guide Centrally Managing CTERA Agents 12 See Configuring the Agent on page 231 b Ifyou did not select files and folders for file level backup while configuring the CTERA Agent s settings in the previous step then select the files and folders that should be included in local backup operations See Selecting Files and Folders for File L
214. g Logging in to the Web Interface To log in to the Web interface 1 Connect to the appliance Web interface as described in Connecting to the Web Interface on page 35 Your Web browser displays the Log In page Gigi ctera 2 Inthe fields provided type your user name and password 3 Click Log In 38 CTERA C Series User Guide Getting Started 5 If you are a member of the Administrators or Read Only Administrators user groups the Configuration tab s Main gt Home page appears displaying shortcuts to various pages of the appliance Web interface fs C200 ctera connote ta Main gt Home Main aa Home This Device Local Backup ps Soun Backi Dashboard a s cap me n lientiess Backup ackup Files Amy m Sync Rules Exclude Files Local Backup Cloud Backup me Users amp Sharing Storage Configuration Users Logical Volumes Share File Sharing Storage Arrays Join Domain Workgroup Snapshots Storage Search Event Log Monitoring amp Alerts pe Cloud Services 4 5 Status Dashboard J Services and Subscription Alkris Event Log SOD Remote Access Cloud Services re Email Alerts Se Firmware Updates System Setup Wizard lt mo FM Logout Restart Heip amp admin saral ctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 Otherwise the Files tab appears displaying the File Manager f ctera ae _ e MY COMPUTERS FILES FM Lal Latest version Q search Se
215. g box opens Add New Folder Create a New Folder Enter a name for the new folder x 3 Inthe Folder Name field type a name for the folder 4 Click Save The new folder appears in the Select a folder to Share dialog box 4 Click Next 102 CTERA C Series User Guide Sharing Files 9 The Specify the Network Share Name dialog box appears Network Share Wizard x Specify the Network Share Name a Welcome to the Network Share Wizard This wizard allows you to define i a network share that can be accessed by users Please specify a name for this share E EE sh cane 5 Inthe Network Share Name field type a name for the share 6 Optional In the Comment field type a description of the network share 7 Click Next The Sharing Protocols dialog box appears Network Share Wizard EN Sharing Protocols z Select the protocols through which you want to expose the selected directory Only Authenticated Users x 8 Select the protocols through which you want to expose the network share Windows File Sharing is selected by default and cannot be unselected 9 Inthe Windows File Sharing drop down list specify the permitted level of access to the network share via Windows File Sharing by selecting one of the options described in Share Access Options page 107 10 Click Next CTERA C Series User Guide 103 9 Sharing Files The NFS UNIX File Sharing dialog box appears Networ
216. g drive to your service provider Tip A During the time your service provider is loading the backup seeding drive to your account the backup service will be temporarily disabled for your appliance CTERA C Series User Guide 173 10 Using Cloud Backup Restricting Throughput If desired you can restrict the amount of bandwidth used for backing up files online To restrict throughput 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Cloud Backup gt Throughput The Cloud Backup gt Throughput page appears MY COMPUTERS FILES CONFIGURATION Cloud Backup gt Throughput Main Throughput Control Local Backup Cloud Backup Control Panel A Using portal settings E Override Backup Files Backup Sets Exclude Sets Schedule Throughput Users Share Storage z Search Event Log Every Day x Alerts Cloud Services Save Revert System Logout Restart Heip amp admin saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 2 Doone ofthe following E To override settings inherited from the CTERA Portal click Override J To use settings configured in the CTERA Portal click Use portal settings 3 Complete the fields using the information in the following table 4 Click Save 174 CTERA C Series User Guide Using Cloud Backup 10 Table 36 Throughput Fields In this field Do this Do not throttle Choose this option to specify that throughput should not be restricted Th
217. guring Global Software Update Settings 237 Configuring Guest Invitation Settings 139 Configuring Home Directory Settings 134 135 Configuring Logging 305 Configuring Mail Server Settings 150 151 323 324 Configuring Network Settings 271 CTERA C Series User Guide 355 Index Configuring NFS Access 104 130 154 Configuring Port Settings 274 Configuring Project Collaboration Settings 145 146 147 Configuring Remote Access Settings 57 Configuring RSync Access 104 128 153 Configuring Syslog Logging 308 Configuring System State Backup Settings 246 Configuring the Agent 225 239 Configuring the Autosharing Access Control List e 132 Configuring the CTERA Appliance Name and Location 330 Configuring the CTERA Appliance Time and Date 58 332 Configuring the User Interface Language 335 Configuring Windows Explorer Integration Settings 246 Configuring Windows File Sharing 104 118 152 154 Configuring Windows File Sharing for a Workgroup 118 119 Configuring Windows File Sharing for an Active Directory Tree or Forest 119 122 Configuring Windows File Sharing for an Individual Active Directory Domain 118 121 122 124 Connecting the Appliance to Your CTERA Portal Account 50 160 Connecting to the Web Interface e 35 37 38 Connecting USB Drives 13 23 34 Contacting Technical Support 2 Copying Files to a Network Share Using W
218. h i prompt written notice of the IP Claim giving rise to CTERA s indemnity option hereunder ii sole control over the defense or settlement of such claim or action if CTERA so requests provided that CTERA shall not without Your prior written consent settle any such claim or action if such settlement contains a stipulation to or admission or acknowledgment of any liability or wrongdoing on Your part and iii reasonable information and assistance in the defense and or settlement any such claim or action at CTERA s option and expense 11 Miscellaneous Provisions 11 1 The Software may be subject to export control laws of the State of Israel and or may be subject to additional export control laws applicable to You or in Your jurisdiction You shall not ship transfer or export the Software into any country or make available or use the Software in any manner prohibited by law You warrant and agree that You are not i located in under the control of or a national or resident of Cuba Iran North Korea Syria or Sudan or ii on the U S Treasury Department list of Specially Designated Nationals or the U S Commerce Department s Table of Deny Orders 11 2 This agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Israel without giving effect to any conflict of laws and provisions that would require the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction The parties hereby expressly reject any application to
219. h meaning the array size is 500GB You can enlarge the array to 1TB as follows 1 Hot swap HDD1 replacing it with a 1TB hard drive as described in Hot Swapping a Disk in a RAID1 5 or 6 Array on page 86 Wait until the array s status is optimal Hot swap HDD2 replacing it with a 1TB hard drive as described in Hot Swapping a Disk in a RAID1 5 or 6 Array on page 86 Wait until the array s status is optimal The array will now be 1TB in size You can now enlarge volumes on the array to fill the available space or add new volumes 86 CTERA C Series User Guide 8 Working with Volume Snapshots This chapter explains how to use NEXT3 volume snapshots In This Chapter Overview nnn nn nn nn nn nn nnn nnn nnn nnn 87 Terminology 87 Workflow 88 Scheduling Automatic Snapshots 89 Understanding Snapshot Retention Policies 91 Manually Taking Snapshots 93 Viewing Snapshot Information
220. h copy that you convey and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee 5 Conveying Modified Source Versions You may convey a work based on the Program or the modifications to produce it from the Program in the form of source code under the terms of section 4 provided that you also meet all of these conditions a The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified it and giving a relevant date b The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is released under this License and any conditions added under section 7 This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to keep intact all notices c You must license the entire work as a whole under this License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy This License will therefore apply along with any applicable section 7 additional terms to the whole of the work and all its parts regardless of how they are packaged This License gives no permission to license the work in any other way but it does not invalidate such permission if you have separately received it d If the work has interactive user interfaces each must display Appropriate Legal Notices however if the Program has interactive interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices your work need not make them do so A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent works which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work and which are not combined
221. he problem The appliance can be restarted via the appliance Web interface or using the Reset button on its rear panel To restart the appliance via the Web interface 1 Inthe status bar in the Shutdown pop up list click Restart A confirmation message appears 2 Click Yes The appliance restarts To perform a hard restart While the appliance is on do one of the following 332 CTERA C Series User Guide Maintenance 18 E In the C200 press the Reset button briefly EJ In the C400 turn the power switch at the back of the appliance to the OFF position and then back to the ON position J In the C800 turn the power switch at the front of the appliance to the OFF position and then back to the ON position Shutting Down the CTERA Appliance The appliance can be shut down via the appliance Web interface or using the Power button on its rear panel Warning H Do not disconnect the power supply cable from the wall outlet without first shutting down the appliance Doing so could result in data loss To shut down the appliance via the appliance Web interface 1 Inthe status bar click Shutdown A confirmation message appears 2 Click Yes The appliance shuts down To shut down the appliance using the Power button EJ Do one of the following In the C200 press the Power button until the appliance shuts down In the C400 turn the power switch at the back of the appliance to the OFF position amp J
222. he backup set select at least one of the conditions is true 158 CTERA C Series User Guide Using Cloud Backup 10 6 Define the desired conditions for a file to be included in the backup set by doing the following for each condition a Click Add condition A row appears in the table Backup Set Details x Backup Set Details Enter the details of this backup set then click Next k lt Backup Set Name all of the conditions are true v b Click Select then select the desired condition parameter from the drop down list c Inthe second column click Select then select the desired condition operator from the drop down list See Backup Set Condition Operators page 162 d Clickin the third column and complete the condition If the parameter is File Size type the desired file size and unit If the parameter is File Modified click and choose the desired date For all other parameters type the desired free text value For example if you select File Name as the condition parameter in the first column select begins with as the condition operator in the second column and type Work 123 in the third column then the backup set will include all files whose names begin with Work 123 Likewise if you select File Type as the condition parameter in the first column select is one of with as the condition operator in the second column and type avi mov mpg in the third column without the quotati
223. he following command rsync recursive userName devicelP shareName localFolder Where J userName is the username cd devicelIP is the appliance IP address J shareName is the name of the network share on the appliance localFolder is the name of the local folder For example if the username is user1 the appliance IP address is 10 1 1 1 the name of the network share is share9 and the local folder is var mnt share9 the relevant command would be rsync recursive userl 10 1 1 1 share9 var mnt share9 Viewing Network Shares Using Mac OS X Finder Use this procedure to view network shares when Apple File Sharing is configured For information see Configuring Apple File Sharing on page 124 To view a network share using Mac OS X Finder 1 2 Open Mac OS X Finder In the left pane in the SHARED area click on the name of your appliance E cTERA C200 A list of network shares appears in the right pane If the share requires authentication in the top right corner of the window click Connect As then enter your username and password CTERA C Series User Guide 147 9 Sharing Files Mounting Network Shares Using NFS Use this procedure to access network shares from a Linux UNIX computer when NFS access is configured For information see Configuring NFS Access on page 125 To mount a network share using NFS E Run the following command mount device P mountPath localFolder Where
224. his section 1 You receive no license rights to the Software CTERA C Series User Guide 335 19 Legal Information 1 2 Unless otherwise authorized in writing by CTERA and to the extent otherwise provided in the applicable license for Free Programs as defined below You undertake not to and not to allow third parties to 1 sublicense lease rent loan or otherwise transfer the Software to any third party 2 decompile disassemble decrypt extract or otherwise reverse engineer or attempt to reconstruct or discover any source code of or any underlying ideas in the Software Reverse Engineering 3 modify enhance supplement adapt or prepare derivative works from the Software 4 allow others to use the Software and use the Software for the benefit of third parties 5 develop any other product containing any of the concepts and ideas contained in the Software 6 remove obscure or alter CTERA s or any third party s trademarks or copyright or other proprietary rights notices affixed to or contained within or accessed in conjunction with or through the Software and 7 make unauthorized copies of the Software except as necessary for backup purposes If notwithstanding the prohibition set forth in subsection 2 above applicable law permits Reverse Engineering You will before commencing or permitting any Reverse Engineering A inform CTERA of the planned Reverse Engineering B conduct or allow such Reverse Engineering only
225. hronizing folders E Clientless Backup Allows you to synchronize files from any computer on your network to a folder on the appliance without requiring installation of a software agent on the remote computer Tip A Clientless Backup uses Windows File Sharing CIFS to synchronize data from your computers J Sync Rules Allow you to do the following GJ Synchronize files from any computer on your network or on the Internet to your appliance and from your appliance to any computer on your network or on the Internet EJ Synchronize files between two local folders For example you can set up your appliance to back up a certain folder on a daily basis to an external USB drive CTERA C Series User Guide 185 11 Synchronizing Folders Tip i Sync rules support synchronizing data from and to network computers using a variety of methods including Windows File Sharing CIFS WebDAV and RSync You can also use sync rules to keep two local folders on the appliance in sync Cloud drive synchronization Allows you to synchronize your portal cloud drive with a specific folder on one or more CTERA appliances and with CTERA agents in cloud mode See Using Cloud Drive Synchronization on page 58 Workflow In order to share files with other users you must do one of the following E To configure file synchronization using Clientless Backup a If your computer runs Mac OS you must configure it to be accessibl
226. hrough docm DOCM backups Agents TECH TAV TOSH c 5 3MB Aug 06 2013 CTERA C400 Walkthrough backups Agents TECH TAV TOSH c 4 0KB Aug 15 2013 W CTERA C400 Walkthrough docm DOCM backups Agents TECH TAV TOSH c 3 3MB Aug 06 2013 CTERA C Series User Guide backups Agents TECH TAV TOSH c 20 0KB Aug 15 2013 Ge cteraagentsetupwizard 1 pnq PNG backups Agents TECH TAV TOSH c 26 7KB Sep 20 2010 Ge cteraagentsetupwizard license pn PNG backups Agents TECH TAV TOSH c 33 2KB Sep 20 2010 Gm cteraacentsetupwizard 3 pna PNG backups Agents TECH TAV TOSH c 22 3KB Sep 20 2010 Gm localbackup cteraagents png PNG backups Agents TECH TAV TOSH c 70 1KB Jul 18 2012 Page 1 ofS gt OL amp Topics 1 100 of 461 Logout Restat Heip amp admin saral ctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 3 To download a file appearing in the search results click on its name 4 To clear the search results click Adding the Appliance as a Search Provider in Your Browser You can add the appliance as a search provider in your browser This enables you to search for files directly from your browser s search box To add the appliance as a search provider 1 Inthe File Manager open the Search drop down list and select Add as search provider The Add Search Engine dialog box appears Add Search Engine Add saral ctera ctera com CTERA Search to the list of engines available in the search bar From c200 2518 E
227. ided that You meet the following conditions a You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of this License and b You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You changed the files and c You must retain in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You distribute all copyright patent trademark and attribution notices from the Source form of the Work excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works and d If the Work includes a NOTICE text file as part of its distribution then any Derivative Works that You distribute must include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such NOTICE file excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works in at least one of the following places within a NOTICE text file distributed as part of the Derivative Works within the Source form or documentation if provided along with the Derivative Works or within a display generated by the Derivative Works if and wherever such third party notices normally appear The contents of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and do not modify the License You may add Your own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You distribute alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work provided that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the License You may add Your own co
228. ied parameter only Include all files whose last modification date is after the date specified in the third column This operator is relevant for the File Modified parameter only 162 CTERA C Series User Guide Using Cloud Backup 10 Deleting Included Sets To delete an included set 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Cloud Backup gt Backup Sets The Cloud Backup gt Backup Sets page appears 2 Select the desired included set s name and click Delete A confirmation message appears 3 Click Yes The included set is deleted Enabling Disabling Excluded Sets In order for an excluded set to be used during backup operations it must be enabled To enable an excluded set 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Cloud Backup gt Exclude Sets The Cloud Backup gt Exclude Sets page appears C200 MY COMPUTERS FILES CONFIGURATION ee ctera Cloud Backup gt Exclude Sets mee Exclude Sets Local Backup Cloud Backup Control Panel New E Backup Files Name Enabled Comment z 5 en G Temporary Files amp Temporary files which usually do not require backup Schedule Throughput Users Share Storage Search Event Log Alerts Cloud Services System Selected Files 718 9MB Cloud Storage Usage 719 0MB of 10 00GB 7 Logout Restart Heip amp admin amp saral ctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 2 Next to the desired excluded set in the Enabled c
229. ient IP wed H 20130813 12 58 50 admin cu User logged out 192 16 Share Ci 2013 08 13 12 50 32 admin i cui User logged out 192 16 Storage o 2013 08 13 12 19 00 admin A CTERA Agent Agent connected 192 16 Search o 2013 08 13 12 17 37 admin dh CTERA Agent Agent disconnected 192 164 Event Log ri 2013 08 13 12 08 55 admin GUI User logged in 192 16 Log Viewer o 2013 08 13 11 15 52 admin E cui User logged in 192 16i d A 2013 08 13 11 15 47 admin cu User failed to log in 192 16 Syslog Alerts m o 2013 08 13 08 58 55 admin GUI User logged in 192 16 cau Sac A fi 2013 08 13 08 47 46 admin diy CTERA Agent Agent connected 192 16 SiR 5 e 2013 08 13 00 42 34 admin dh CTERA Agent Agent disconnected 192 16 ti 2013 08 13 00 38 45 admin E RSync User logged out 192 16 i 2013 08 13 00 38 27 admin iB Rsync User logged in 192 16 o 2013 08 12 07 42 59 admin dh CTERA Agent Agent connected 192 161 ti 2013 08 12 01 17 25 admin dm CTERA Agent Agent disconnected 192 16 Ci 2013 08 12 00 38 14 admin P Rsync User logged out 192 16 o 2013 08 12 00 38 04 admin E Rsync User logged in 192 16 i 2013 08 11 22 07 35 admin dy CTERA Agent Agent connected 192 161 i 2013 08 11 22 03 59 admin a CTERA Agent Agent disconnected 192 164 o 2013 08 11 15 56 57 admin dh CTERA Agent Agent connected 192 161 ti 2013 08 11 15 56 51 admin da CTERA Agent Agent disconnected 192 16 a 2013 08 11 08 32 43 admin 2 CTERA Acent Acent connecti 122 168 ad i4 4
230. iew and download them You can also copy and paste them to the Latest Version 286 CTERA C Series User Guide 17 Monitoring Your CTERA Appliance This chapter explains how to use the Status Dashboard appliance logs and email alerts to monitor your appliance In This Chapter Viewing the Status Dashboard 287 Viewing Detailed Information About a Disk Drive 291 Viewing the Activity Monitor 294 Configuring Logging 295 Viewing Logs 299 Configuring Email Alerts 313 Viewing the Status Dashboard The Status Dashboard provides an overview of the appliance s current status including the following E The disk drive and volume information B Resource utilization information J Scheduled backup operations information J Recent logged events In addition it provides shortcuts to configuring arrays drives and volumes To view the Status Dashboard J In the Configuration tab s navigation pane click Main gt Dashboard CTERA C
231. igation pane click Share gt NFS Settings The Share gt NFS Settings page appears ae C200 ctera Share gt NFS Settings Main NFS Settings Local Backup tte Cloud Backu z Enable NFS Users Use asynchronous writes Ej Share Shares Aggregate write requests v Collaboration Home Directories Windows File Sharing Save Revert FTP Server RSync Server AFP Settings NFS Settings Storage Search Event Log Alerts Cloud Services System Logout Restart Hep amp admin saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 2 Complete the fields using the following table 3 Click Save CTERA C Series User Guide 125 9 Sharing Files Table 29 NFS Settings Fields In this field Do this enablenFs Select this option to enable NFS Use asynchronous writes Select this option to enable asynchronous writes When a client attempts to write data to the appliance the appliance sends the client an acknowledgment of the write request before actually writing the data to the disk This enables the client to post additional write requests to the appliance while the appliance is still writing data from the first request to disk thereby improving throughput Aggregate write requests Select this option to specify that write requests should be aggregated and sent in a single batch instead of one at a time This improves throughput Using External Volume Autosharing By d
232. indows File Sharing 104 112 Copying Moving Files and Folders 189 292 Creating New Folders 290 Creating Projects 147 CTERA C200 Specifications and Installation 3 CTERA C400 Specifications and Installation e 15 CTERA C800 Specifications and Installation e 25 CTERA End User License Agreement 347 CTERA Limited Hardware Warranty e 351 D Declaration of Conformity 363 Deleting Active Guest Invitations 144 Deleting Agents 257 Deleting Arrays 74 Deleting Excluded Sets 172 Deleting Files and Folders 291 Deleting Included Sets 169 Deleting iSCSI Targets 86 Deleting Logical Volumes 81 Deleting Network Shares 111 Deleting Projects 152 Deleting Snapshots 101 Deleting Sync Rules 217 Deleting User Groups 268 Deleting Users 265 Disabling and Enabling Agent Backups 250 Disabling Enabling Clientless Backup 202 Disabling Enabling Sync Rules 218 Disconnecting from Services 54 Downloading and Installing CTERA Agent 225 Downloading Files and Folders 288 E Editing Projects e 150 Enabling File Sharing in Windows 7 204 Enabling File Sharing in Windows Vista 204 Enabling File Sharing in Windows XP 202 Enabling File Sharing on a PC e 195 201 202 Enabling Disabling Excluded Sets 169 Enabling Disabling External Volume Autosharing 131 Enabling Disabling File Search 279 280 293 Enabling Disabling Guest Invitations 138 Enabling
233. ing Gy Bil E Specific Time Start Time 1 00AM Y On Days sat b b Inthe Start Time drop down list select the hour at which data scrubbing should start 72 CTERA C Series User Guide Managing Storage 7 c Inthe On Days drop down list select the days on which data scrubbing should be performed This can be any of the following J One or more specific days J Every Day Data scrubbing will occur every day d Click OK 5 Click Finish Manually Starting Data Scrubbing You can manually start data scrubbing for an array at any time To manually start data scrubbing for an array 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Storage gt Arrays The Storage gt Arrays page appears 2 Click on the desired array s row 3 Click Start Scrubbing Scrubbing starts and a success message appears 4 Click OK A progress bar tracks the scrubbing s progress MY COMPUTERS FILES CONFIGURATION gt Storage gt Arrays Main Arrays Local Backup 5 new P gJ Storage Setup Wizard ff Scheduled Scrubbing M L 3 Cloud Backup Array Name Level Status Users D Arav 1 RAID1 Mirrored Scrubbing 0 Share Storage Arrays Volumes Snapshots e iSCSI Power Management Search Event Log Alerts Cloud Services System Logout Restart Heip A admin amp y saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 Adding and Editing Logical Volumes To add or edit a logical volum
234. ing Retention of previous file versions Additional Services Centralized Management Centralized Monitoring Reporting Logging Remote Access Offline Backup Seeding CTERA C Series User Guide 19 3 CTERA C400 Specifications and Installation Hardware Features Table 10 Hardware Features Feature Description Internal Hard Drives 4 x 3 5 SATA Hot Swap not included 4 x USB 2 0 high speed ports for external drives 2 x Gigabit Ethernet Operating Environment 10 40 C Humidity 10 85 non condensed 44 H X 446 4 W X 500 D mm 1 73 H x 17 6 D x 19 7 D inch 1U rack mount Maximum Power Consumption 220W Requirements Hardware Requirements In order to install the CTERA appliance you will need the following E At least one hard drive SATA 3 5 B A network connection or router with DHCP enabled Software Requirements In order to use the appliance Web interface you will need the following B Either Microsoft Internet Explorer 7 0 or later Mozilla Firefox 2 0 or later or Google Chrome 3 0 or later EJ Adobe Flash Player Opening Ports on Your Firewall In order to back up roaming PCs and remote offices outside your network using the CTERA Agent you must open your firewall for the network where the CTERA appliance is located to allow incoming TCP ports 995 and 873 to the CTERA appliance 20 CTERA C Series User Guide CTERA C400 Specifications and Installation 3 Installing the CTE
235. inter sharing P Save changes Expand your current network profile by clicking the arrow to the right of its name The current network profile is marked current profile and is usually called Home or Work If network discovery is off click Turn on network discovery If file and printer sharing is off click Turn on file and printer sharing Click Save changes If you are still having trouble make sure Windows Firewall is not blocking File and Printer Sharing Do the following 1 3 Open Windows Firewall by clicking the Start gt Control Panel clicking System and Security and then clicking Allow a program through Windows Firewall In the Allowed programs and features list locate File and Printer Sharing and make sure that the check boxes in the Name column and the in column for your current network profile usually Home or Work are both selected Click OK Making Mac OS Computers Accessible to Clientless Backup If your computer runs Mac OS you must configure it to be accessible to Clientless Backup otherwise the computer will not appear in Clientless Backup To make a Mac OS computer accessible to Clientless Backup 1 2 Go to System Preferences gt Sharing Click Options CTERA C Series User Guide 197 11 Synchronizing Folders A dialog box opens O share files and folders using AFP File Sharing Off C Share files and folders using FTP Warning FTP logi
236. ion To enable project collaboration 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Share gt Collaboration The Share gt Collaboration page appears 2 Slide the Project Collaboration lever to the ON position Project collaboration is enabled and you can now configure the desired settings See Configuring Project Collaboration Settings on page 141 If this is the first time that project collaboration is enabled the projects share is created Co ctera Share gt Collaboration Main Local Backup Collaboration Cloud Backup Users Share Shares Collaboration Home Directories Windows File Sharing FTP Server RSync Server AFP Settings NFS Settings o Storage Search Event Log Alerts Cloud Services System El Logout Restart Heip C200 MY COMPUTERS FILES CONFIGURATION A Guest Invitations Off Guest invitations enable users to create public URLs for viewing or collaborating on files stored on this device B Settings View Active Invitations A Project Collaboration On Project collaboration enables users to invite other users to view and collaborate on projects E Settings ON ON OFF ue admin S saral ctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 140 CTERA C Series User Guide Sharing Files 9 To disable project collaboration 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Share gt Collaboration The Sh
237. ion pane click Cloud Backup gt Remote Access The Cloud Backup gt Remote Access page appears 2 Slide the lever to the Off position Remote access is disabled Configuring Remote Access Settings To configure remote access settings 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Cloud Backup gt Remote Access The Cloud Backup gt Remote Access page appears 2 Click Settings The Remote Access Settings dialog box opens Remote Access Settings x E Allow single sign on from CTERA Portal CTERA C Series User Guide 57 Using Cloud Services 3 To enable remote access to the appliance administration interface from within the CTERA Portal Web interface without entering the username password for accessing the appliance select the Allow single sign on from CTERA Portal check box 4 Click Save Using Cloud Drive Synchronization If you are subscribed to the Cloud Drive service on your service provider s CTERA Portal you can synchronize your portal cloud drive with a specific folder on one or more CTERA appliances and with CTERA agents in cloud mode Synchronization is bi directional Conflicts that may occur when a file has been modified on multiple sources are detected and automatically resolved by choosing the most recent version of the file On a computer or appliance with an older file version the file is moved to the cloud drive s conflicts folder called the conflicts trashcan Files in the conflicts
238. is operator To do this Include all files for which the parameter in the first column matches the string in the third column This operator is relevant for the File Name File Path and File Type parameters only begins with Include all files for which the parameter in the first column begins with the string in the third column This operator is relevant for the File Name File Path and File Type parameters only Include all files for which the parameter in the first column ends with the string in the third column This operator is relevant for the File Name File Path and File Type parameters only Include all files for which the parameter in the first column contains the string in the third column This operator is relevant for the File Name File Path and File Type parameters only Include all files whose size is less than the amount specified in the third column This operator is relevant for the File Size parameter only Include all files whose size is more than the amount specified in the third column Include all files for which the parameter in the first column is included in the set specified in the third column This operator is relevant for the File Name File Path and File Type parameters only This operator is relevant for the File Size parameter only before Include all files whose last modification date is before the date specified in the third column This operator is relevant for the File Modif
239. is option to specify that guest invitations should include a path to access files using Windows File Sharing This method is designed for collaborating with users in your local network and not over the Internet Select this option to specify that invitation recipients must successfully authenticate with a valid appliance username and password in order to view shared files and folders By default invitations can be viewed by anyone both authenticated users and unauthenticated guests Type the default number of days a guest invitation should remain valid The user can override this value when creating an invitation The default value is 30 days CTERA C Series User Guide 135 9 Sharing Files Sending Guest Invitations To send a guest invitation for a file or folder 1 Inthe Files tab s Show Shares tree pane view navigate to the desired file folder For information on changing the tree pane view see Changing the Tree Pane View on page 278 For information on navigating between folders see Navigating Between Folders on page 278 2 Inthe right pane click on the file folder 3 Click Invite Guest The Invite Guest dialog box opens i Invite Guest aS To generate a public URL for sharing cloud myfiles Article docx click Invite 4 Doone of the following To grant the invitation recipient read only access to the file folder choose Invite viewer To grant the invitation recipient read write
240. is product during a lightning storm or when it is left unattended and unused for long periods of time unplug it from the wall outlet E Refer servicing to qualified service personnel in the following situations lt 3 When the power supply cord or plug is damaged EJ If objects have fallen into the product GJ If the product has been exposed to rain or water J If the product has been dropped or the enclosure has been damaged Contents INtrOCUCTION nna nnscnnnencnncnncencensencenncnncnncnccencencencnscnscnncencescnscone 1 About Cloud Attached Storage 2 00 00 1 About Your CTERA Cloud Attached Storage Appliance 1 Contacting Technical Support 2 20 00 2 0 2 CTERA C200 Specifications and Installation 3 Package Contents 3 Rear Panel nann nnn n annem nnn nn ni 4 Front Panel nn nnn nnn nnn nnn nnn nnnnnnannnnnannnannnnnaannannmannnnnannnannnnnmnnnnmn arn n rt 6 Technical Specifications 8 Requirements 9 Installing the CTERA
241. isions Jp Local Groups Yj admin laa Name Username Full Name Email 5p Everyone 4b Administrators A Read Only Administrators id d Page 1of1 gt gt c Select the desired user or user group in the table The user or user group appears in the Quick Search field Click Add The user or user group is added to the list of users and user groups who should have access to automatically created shares For information on editing users see Adding and Editing Users on page 252 In each user and user group s row click in the Permission column then select the desired access level from the drop down list Options include None Read Only and Read Write gt n To remove a user or user group in their row click The user or user group is removed from the table 128 CTERA C Series User Guide Sharing Files 9 6 Click Finish Using Home Directories A home directory is a folder that contains files owned by a specific user If desired you can configure the appliance to dedicate one share to the storage of home directories The appliance will automatically create a home directory for each user upon their first login Enabling Disabling Home Directories To enable home directories 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Share gt Home Directories The Share gt Home Directories page appears C200 MY COMPUTERS FILES CONFIGURATION O ctera Main
242. istrator in the appliance Web interface The CTERA Agent user cannot select files for backup locally nor can they configure agent settings via the appliance Web interface However the user can still initiate backup and restore operations CTERA C Series User Guide 223 12 Centrally Managing CTERA Agents Configuring Global File Level Backup Settings To configure global file level settings for all CTERA Agents 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Local Backup gt CTERA Agents The Local Backup gt CTERA Agents page appears 2 Click Configuration The Global Agents Settings window opens displaying the Settings tab 3 Click the File level Backup tab The File level Backup tab appears Global Agent Settings x Global Agent Settings These setti to all CTERA Agent ese ings apply to al gents Ey V Enable file level backup j Settings Schedule every 24 hours Deleted File Handling Delete Backup extended attributes F File level Backup E Select only files matching these types Disk level Backup V Exclude files matching these types tmp temp bak Software Updates 4 To schedule file level backup do the following a Inthe Schedule field click 224 CTERA C Series User Guide Centrally Managing CTERA Agents 12 The Schedule dialog box appears Schedule p Manual Only g Periodically StatEvey 24 hours E Specific
243. k Share Wizard x NFS UNIX File Sharing NFS access is based on client host IP addresses Choose the clients to i which you want to offer access f The NFS mount path for this share is shares vol1 public 11 To enable NFS access to the network share do the following a Select the Enable NFS Access check box b Add the IP addresses of clients that should be allowed NFS access to network share by doing the following 1 Click New A row appears in the table Network Share Wizard x NFS UNIX File Sharing z NFS access is based on client host IP addresses Choose the clients to l i which you want to offer access The NFS mount path for this share is shares vol1 public Netmask Permission 2 Clickin the Host column and type the IP address 3 Click in the Netmask column and edit the netmask 4 Clickin the Permission column and select the permitted level of access to the network share via NFS Options include None Read Only and Read Write 104 CTERA C Series User Guide Sharing Files 9 c Remove client host IP addresses by selecting the desired IP address and clicking Remove Tip A The NFS mount path for the network share is specified at the top of the dialog box 12 Click Next The Configure Permissions dialog box appears Network Share Wizard x Configure Permissions A person must have a user account in order to access this network share Choose the users with whom to sh
244. kup completed successfully fi 1 day 9 hours ago C C GL TO Ell Logout G Restart Hep A admin E saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 10 To toggle the information displayed under the progress bar do one of the following To display the effective throughput in Kbit sec click the icon and then click Show effective throughput To display the bandwidth usage in bit sec click the icon and then click Show bandwidth usage CTERA C Series User Guide 179 10 Using Cloud Backup Canceling the Current Restore Process When restoring files from the Cloud Backup Control Panel you can cancel a running file restore process To cancel the current restore process 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Cloud Backup gt Control Panel The Cloud Backup gt Control Panel page appears 2 Click Cancel The current restore process is canceled Restoring Files and Folders from a Cloud Snapshot Using the Virtual Cloud Drive When Windows File Sharing CIFS is enabled you can restore files and folders via the appliance Virtual Cloud Drive This method of restoring files and folder is available on operating systems supporting Windows File Sharing To restore an individual file or folder to a previous version 1 View the network share containing the desired file or folder See Viewing Network Shares Using Windows File Sharing on page 146 2
245. l use the IP address 192 168 192 5 Warning H If you need to unplug the appliance you must first shut it down as described in Shutting Down the CTERA Appliance on page 333 Failure to do so could result in data loss Installing a SATA Hard Drive in the CTERA C200 To install a SATA hard drive 1 Open the appliance s back cover by pressing the two plastic tabs and then pulling backwards Two slots are revealed 2 Insert the SATA hard drive into a vacant slot pressing it firmly until it is all the way in If you install the drive in left hand slot the drive s metal cover should be facing left CTERA C Series User Guide 11 2 CTERA C200 Specifications and Installation If you install the drive in the right hand slot the drive s metal cover should be facing right 3 Close the appliance s back cover by inserting first the bottom of the cover pressing the tabs and then pushing forwards The cover should click into place Removing a SATA Hard Drive from the CTERA C200 Tip A If you want to remove a hard drive safely while the appliance is on use the Safe Removal procedure described in Safely Removing Hard Drives on page 84 To remove a SATA hard drive 1 Open the appliance s back cover by pressing the two plastic tabs and then pulling backwards 2 Remove the SATA hard drive from its slot 3 Close the appliance s back cover by inserting first the bottom of the cover pressing the tabs an
246. lace the hard drive in the empty disk tray 5 Flip over the disk tray and use the supplied mounting screws to secure the hard drive in the disk tray teenveeens gy L T Qt C COT e 6 Slide the disk tray back into the C400 7 Press the disk tray lever back into place until you hear a click 8 Optional If you would like to prevent the disk from being removed lock the disk tray by using a flat head screwdriver to turn the button until the groove is horizontal 22 CTERA C Series User Guide CTERA C400 Specifications and Installation 3 Removing a SATA Hard Drive from the CTERA C400 Tip i If you want to remove a hard drive safely while the appliance is on use the Safe Removal procedure described in Safely Removing Hard Drives on page 84 To remove a SATA hard drive 1 Nn O o A W If the desired disk tray s Tray Open Button indicates that the disk tray is locked that is the groove is horizontal then unlock the disk tray by using a flat head screwdriver to turn the groove until it is vertical Press the disk tray s Tray Open Button The disk tray lever pops out Pull the lever outwards to remove the disk tray from the C400 Flip over the disk tray and remove the mounting screws from the disk tray Remove the hard drive from the disk tray Slide the disk tray back into the C400 Press the disk tray lever back into place until you hear a click Connecting USB Drives If desired you can c
247. ld type the name of the backup set In the Comment field type a description of the backup set In the If field do one of the following EJ To specify that all of the conditions must be met in order for a file to be included in the backup set select all of the conditions are true J To specify that one or more of the conditions must be met in order for a file to be included in the backup set select at least one of the conditions is true Define the conditions that must be met in order for a file to be included in the backup set by doing the following for each condition a Click Add condition A row appears in the table 164 CTERA C Series User Guide Using Cloud Backup 10 b Click Select then select the desired condition parameter from the drop down list c Inthe second column click Select then select the desired condition operator from the drop down list See Backup Set Condition Operators page 162 d Click in the third column and complete the condition ud If the parameter is File Size type the desired file size and unit J If the parameter is File Modified click IB and choose the desired date For all other parameters type the desired free text value For example if you select File Name as the condition parameter in the first column select begins with as the condition operator in the second column and type Work 123 in the third column then the backup set will include all files whose n
248. lder Icons page 156 The folder contents appear in the right pane 3 Select the check boxes next to the files and folders you want to back up 4 Click Save At the bottom of the workspace the Selected Files field indicates the size of the files selected for backup The Cloud Storage Usage field indicates the amount of used space in your account after the next cloud backup operation including backups from any other CTERA appliances included in your account CTERA C Series User Guide 155 10 Using Cloud Backup For example let s say your account includes two appliances and each appliance will back up 100 MB worth of files in the next cloud backup operation for a total of 200 MB Your account already has 350 MB worth of files stored online In this case the Cloud Storage Usage field will display 550MB Table 32 Folder Icons This icon Indicates Existing files in this folder are selected for backup New files and folders in this folder will be backed up This folder and all of its sub folders are selected for backup Note that the check box has a white background Some but not all of the folder s sub folders are selected for backup Note that the check box has a gray background This folder and all of its sub folders will not be backed up Working with Backup Sets A backup set represents a group of files with certain file extensions and or located in certain folders For example
249. les and folders with fellow workers 2 Enter the details of your collaboration project bellow v Quick Search Permission 3 Inthe Project Name field type a name for the project 4 Optional In the Description field type a description of the project 5 To adda project member do the following a Inthe Local Users drop down list select one of the following Local Users Search the users defined locally on the appliance Domain domain Users Search the users belonging to the domain called domain E Local Groups Search the user groups defined locally on the appliance E Domain domain Groups Search the user groups belonging to the domain called domain b Inthe Quick Search field type a string that appears anywhere within the name of the user or user group you want to add then click 142 CTERA C Series User Guide Sharing Files 9 A table of users or user groups matching the search string appears Ex Enter the details of your collaboration project bellow Collaboration Project Details 2 CONFIGURA By using collaboration projects you can easily share files and folders with fellow workers 3 fear ch this device Username Ap Administrators Jp Read Only Administrators L14 4 Page tjof1 b Dl c Select the desired user or user group in the table The user or user group appears in the Quick Search field d Click Add The user or user group appears in th
250. ling File Sharing on a PC If a computer or share does not appear in the Local Backup gt Clientless Backup page then file sharing is not set up on the computer Enabling File Sharing in Windows XP If your Windows XP computer does not appear in the Clientless Backup page or is displayed as a grayed icon perform the following steps to enable file sharing To enable file sharing in Windows XP 1 Click Start gt Control Panel 2 Open the Network Connections Control Panel applet 3 Select the Local Area Connection 194 CTERA C Series User Guide Synchronizing Folders 11 4 View the properties for this connection by right clicking on the icon and choosing Properties from the menu Local Area Connection Properties x General Advanced Connect using B Intel R 82566DM 2 Gigabit Network 1 This connection uses the following items M JS VMware Bridge Protocol a M Fie and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks V E QoS Packet Scheduler M Network Monitor Driver hd 4 ill B Cra Description Allows your computer to access resources on a Microsoft network Show icon in notification area when connected Notify me when this connection has limited or no connectivity 5 Make sure the File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Windows check box is selected 6 Click OK If you are still having trouble make sure Windows Firewall is not blocking File and Printer Sharing Do th
251. lly backs up its configuration to the CTERA Portal each time cloud backup runs The backed up settings can be downloaded from the CTERA Portal and restored as needed See Restoring Appliance Configuration from Cloud Backup on page 183 Exporting the Configuration To export the appliance configuration 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click System gt Configuration Tools The System gt Configuration Tools page appears ae C200 ctera CONFIGURATION amp System gt Configuration Tools Main Local Backup Configuration Tools Cloud Backup Import Import the device Users Share configuration from a file Storage Search Event Log E rt Xpo Export the device l f Alerts Cloud Services configuration to a file System Firmware Network Configuration Tools Reset to Defaults i Regional Settings gt Reset the device UPS configuration to default values El Logout Restat Heip admin saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 2 Click Export The appliance configuration are exported to an xml file on your computer Tip g For security reasons all passwords are stored in a format that makes them non human readable Despite this the export file information is sensitive and it is therefore recommended to keep it in a safe place 328 CTERA C Series User Guide Maintenance 18 Importing the Configuration To impor
252. loud Backup gt Control Panel page appears The following information is displayed CTERA C Series User Guide 171 10 Using Cloud Backup Table 35 Cloud Backup Information This field Displays Next backup will run in The amount of time until the next scheduled automatic backup The last backup result The status of the last backup EJ Completed successfully J Backup in Progress E The last backup has failed followed by the reason it failed If an error occurred during backup refer to the backup logs for details See Viewing Cloud Backup Logs on page 303 Mouse over this icon to view the following information about the last backup J The total size of the files that you selected for backup EJ The total number of files that you selected for backup The amount of time the backup took The amount of time since the last backup ended Preparing a Backup Seeding Hard Drive When you have a lot of information to back up the initial backup to the cloud can take a long time If your CTERA service provider offers a backup seeding service then you can speed up the initial backup by preparing a backup seeding hard drive that is is a drive that contains all of the files you want to include in your initial backup You then deliver the seeding drive to the service provider and the service provider uses the seeding drive to create the initial backup The seeding drive can optionally be encrypted using AES 256 and
253. m related components The system state data includes the registry COM Class Registration database files under Windows File Protection and system boot files Depending on the server s configuration additional data may be included in the system state data as well For example if the server is a certificate server the system state will also contain the Certificate Services database If the server is a domain controller Active Directory and the SYSVOL directory are also included in the system state data The system state backup is stored in NTBACKUP format and the Microsoft NTBACKUP tool can be used to recover the system state from the backup file For information on restoring your system from a system state backup see Restoring from a System State Backup on Windows 2003 Server SP2 Traffic generated by CTERA Agent backup operations of any type can be secured with Secure Socket Layer SSL encryption CTERA Agents can be remotely managed and monitored from the appliance Web interface For information see Centrally Managing CTERA Agents on page 213 CTERA C Series User Guide 215 12 Centrally Managing CTERA Agents Agent Licensing CTERA Agent is licensed differently depending on your operating system Table 41 Agent Licensing per Operating System When installed on this OS The CTERA Agent is licensed as a Other Windows operating systems CTERA Workstation Agent CTERA Server Agent Both agent types offer the same
254. mail alerts should be sent Type the email address that should appear in the From field of email alerts The default value is alert no reply ctera com Select the minimum event severity level for which to send email alerts To send an email alert when there is no cloud connectivity for more than a certain number of hours select this option then use the arrows to specify the desired number of hours The default value is 6 hours To send an email alert when the last cloud backup operation was performed more than a certain number of days ago select this option then use the arrows to specify the desired number of days The default value is 6 days To send an email alert when the last local backup operation was performed more than a certain number of days ago select this option then use the arrows to specify the desired number of days The default value is 6 days To send an email alert when the last cloud synchronization Operation was performed more than a certain number of hours ago select this option then use the arrows to specify the desired number of hours The default value is 5 hours To send an email alert when a volume is more than a certain percentage full select this option then use the arrows to specify the desired percentage The default value is 95 To send an email alert when more than a certain percentage of a user s disk storage quota has been consumed select this option then
255. mmended to do so For example the automatic reboot might be deferred if the appliance is undergoing system maintenance that should not be interrupted To reboot only during specific hours choose During these hours then use the drop down down lists to specify the desired time range If you do not enable automatic rebooting then you will need to reboot the appliance as described in Restarting the CTERA Appliance on page 332 when this page indicates that a new update has been installed 5 Click Save Manually Updating the Firmware To manually update the firmware 1 In the Configuration tab s navigation pane click System gt Firmware The System gt Firmware page appears displaying the currently installed firmware version as well as the appliance model Click Install from file The Firmware Update Wizard opens displaying the Firmware Update dialog box Firmware Update Firmware Update Select a file firm to update the firmware image 7 3 Click Upload and browse to your firmware firm file The firmware file is uploaded The Completing the Firmware Update Wizard appears CTERA C Series User Guide 327 18 Maintenance The appliance automatically reboots Exporting and Importing CTERA Appliance Settings You can manually export the appliance configuration to an xml file on your computer and use this file to restore the appliance settings as needed In addition the appliance automatica
256. mplete the fields using the information in the following table 3 Click Save 298 CTERA C Series User Guide Monitoring Your CTERA Appliance 17 Table 62 Syslog Fields In this field Do this Use Syslog Select this option to enable Syslog logging You must complete the rest of the fields Minimum Event Severity Select the minimum log level to send to the Syslog server For example if you select Critical then only Alert Critical and Emergency logs will be sent to the Syslog server The default value is Info Syslog Port Type the Syslog server s port number The default value is 514 Protocol Type Select the protocol to use for sending logs to the Syslog server TCP or UDP The default value is UDP Viewing Logs The appliance Event Log includes the following log categories Table 63 Log Categories This log category Displays System General appliance events including starting up connecting to the network and the CTERA Portal disconnecting from the network and the CTERA Portal and so on Local Backup Events related to synchronization operations ee e a CTERA Agents Events related to CTERA Agents CTERA C Series User Guide 299 17 Monitoring Your CTERA Appliance Viewing System Logs To view System logs In the Configuration tab s navigation pane click Event Log gt Log Viewer The Event Log gt Log Viewer page appears displaying the system logs o C200 ctera con
257. ms and other parts of the work The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding Source The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that same work 2 Basic Permissions All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of copyright on the Program and are irrevocable provided the stated conditions are met This License explicitly affirms your unlimited permission to run the unmodified Program The output from running a covered work is covered by this License only if the output given its content constitutes a covered work This License acknowledges your rights of fair use or other equivalent as provided by copyright law You may make run and propagate covered works that you do not convey without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains in force You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose of having them make modifications exclusively for you or provide you with facilities for running those works provided that you comply with the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do not control copyright Those thus making or running the covered works for you must do so exclusively on your behalf under your direction and control on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted s
258. n Tools The System gt Configuration Tools page appears 2 Click Reset to Defaults A confirmation message appears 3 Click Yes The appliance is reset to its default settings The Login page appears To reset the C200 to its default settings using the Reset button E While the appliance is up and running press the Reset button for at least 10 seconds The appliance is reset to its default settings and reboots To reset the C400 C800 to its default settings using a serial cable 1 Shut down the appliance CTERA C Series User Guide 331 18 Maintenance See Shutting Down the CTERA Appliance on page 333 2 Connect to the appliance s COM port using a serial cable and follow the displayed instructions For information on locating the C400 s COM port see Rear Panel on page 16 For information on locating the C800 s COM port see Rear Panel on page 26 The terminal program must be set to operate using the following specifications 115200 N 8 1 3 Switch on the appliance While the appliance is starting up the message Press ESC to enter the menu will be displayed in the terminal for three seconds During the three seconds press the ESC key The following menu appears CTera C400 4 Select Boot with factory settings The appliance boots with the default settings Restarting the CTERA Appliance If you are experiencing problems with your appliance you can restart it This may solve t
259. n in the same LAN as the appliance and will use SSL when they are not in the same LAN as the appliance The default value is Automatic Allow user to configure the agent Select this option to allow CTERA Agent users to configure their own agent In order for CTERA Agent users to manage their own agents this option must be selected and the CTERA Agent users must have the Back up files and directories privilege on Windows or be members of the ctera user group on Linux or Mac OS X For further information refer to the CTERA Agent User Guide Note When this option is cleared selecting files for local backup can only be done by an administrator in the appliance Web interface The CTERA Agent user cannot select files for backup locally nor can they configure agent settings via the appliance Web interface However the user can still initiate backup and restore operations Configuring File Level Backup Settings To configure file level backup settings 1 Open the CTERA Agent Manager See Opening the CTERA Agent Manager on page 230 2 Click the File level Backup tab CTERA C Series User Guide 233 12 Centrally Managing CTERA Agents The File level Backup tab appears CTERA Agent Editor x PC Online A E F amp Using the global settings Override n _ Control Panel Every 24 hours Files to Back Up LY selected Files Only Applications to Back Up D No Applications Start
260. n pane click Cloud Backup gt Remote Access The Cloud Backup gt Remote Access page appears re C200 ctera CONFIGURATION 4 Cloud Services gt Remote Access Main Local Backup Remote Access Cloud Backup Users ue PY A Remote Administration Off on Share Remote access to this administration interface and files is ok YV currently disabled Storage Settings Off Search A Event Log Alerts Cloud Services m Status Remote Access Cloud Drive System Logout Restat Heip amp admin saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 2 Slide the lever to the On position Remote access is enabled 56 CTERA C Series User Guide Using Cloud Services 6 A link appears which you can click on to view a remote management page You can keep this link in your browser bookmarks for remote access to this appliance C200 MY COMPUTERS CONFIGURATION ev ctera ta Cloud Services gt Remote Access Main Local Backup a Remote Access Cloud Backup Users pads x Remote Administration On ace Share aC Remote access to this administration interface and files is jil Ji available from the following address Sa http saral ctera ctera com B Settings on Search Event Log Alerts Cloud Services Status Remote Access Cloud Drive System Logout Restat Heip A admin amp saral ctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 To disable remote access 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigat
261. n your computer as described below Alternatively you can restore files and files and folder from the appliance Web interface s File Manager as described in Restoring Files and Folders from a Cloud NEXT3 Snapshot Using the File Manager on page 182 To restore an individual file or folder from a NEXT3 snapshot 1 View the network share containing the desired file or folder See Viewing Network Shares Using Windows File Sharing on page 146 2 Open PreviousVersions Local and browse to the desired file or folder and date 3 Copy the file or folder to another location CTERA C Series User Guide 97 Sharing Files This chapter explains how to manage network shares to share files with users across your network In This Chapter Overview 9 9 9 on nnn nnn nnn nnn nnn 99 Workflow 100 Managing Network Shares 100 Configuring File Sharing ProtocolS 114 Using External Volume Autosharing 126 Using Home Directories 129 Using Guest Invita
262. nabled volume 3 Click Take Snapshot Now A progress bar appears followed by a success message 4 Click OK The snapshot appears in the lower pane The Date field displays the date and time at which the snapshot was created and the Size field displays the snapshot s current size Tip i A snapshot retains all of the data that has changed on the volume since the snapshot s creation Therefore the snapshot s size is zero upon creation and its size grows as changes are made to the files on the volume CTERA C Series User Guide 93 8 Working with Volume Snapshots Viewing Snapshot Information You can view the snapshot information for each volume For information on viewing snapshot contents see Viewing Snapshot Contents on page 96 To view snapshot information 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Storage gt Snapshots The Storage gt Snapshots page appears The upper pane displays snapshot information for each volume For information on the fields displayed see Volume Snapshots Upper Pane Fields page 94 2 Inthe workspace s upper pane select the desired volume Snapshots for the volume appear in the lower pane Deleted snapshots that have not yet been compacted appear in gray For information on the fields displayed see Volume Snapshots Lower Pane Fields page 95 Table 23 Volume Snapshots Upper Pane Fields This field Displays Volume Name The name of the volume Type The volume
263. napshot Configuration Wizard Automatic Daily Snapshots If you enable automatic daily snapshots a snapshot will be automatically created for each snapshots enabled volume every day on the specified hour ET w j EVETY f nour E SnepENoSIMES 12 00 AM jv mo p CTERA C Series User Guide 89 8 Working with Volume Snapshots 3 Doone of the following To disable automatic scheduled snapshots choose Disable Automatic Snapshots To enable automatic snapshots every certain number of hours choose Periodical Snapshots then use the arrows in the Every field to specify the interval between snapshots in hours To enable daily automatic snapshots at a certain hour choose Daily Snapshots then select the hour at which snapshots should be taken in the Snapshot Time drop down list 4 Ifyou enabled scheduled snapshots do the following a Click Next The Retention Policy dialog box appears Snapshot Configuration Wizard x Retention Policy The retention policy specifies how long old snapshots will be kept SS as 2 b Complete the fields using the information in the following table 5 Click Finish 90 CTERA C Series User Guide Working with Volume Snapshots 8 Table 21 Retention Policy Fields In this field Do this Retention Policy Select the desired snapshot retention policy Short Short term retention policy Normal Medium term retention policy Long Long term retenti
264. ncryption To encrypt the contents of this volume on the fly you can enable volume encryption Enabling volume encryption may reduce performance 1 To encrypt the contents of this volume select the Make this volume encrypted check box This check box is disabled when editing a volume Tip Volume encryption is supported both for standalone volumes and volumes residing in RAID arrays Tip The encryption method employed is the Advanced Encryption Standard AES 256 CBC ESSIV Enabling volume encryption may reduce performance 2 Inthe Passphrase and Re type passphrase fields type the passphrase you want to use for accessing the volume The Passphrase Strength field displays the passphrase s strength Warning It is important to keep this passphrase in a safe place as there is no way of retrieving it if you lose it If you reset your appliance to its default settings you cannot access the volume without this passphrase r 3 Click Next CTERA C Series User Guide 75 7 Managing Storage The Name this Logical Volume dialog box appears 5 Inthe Volume Name field type a name for the volume 6 Click Next The Wizard Completed screen appears 7 Click Finish 76 CTERA C Series User Guide Managing Storage 7 Table 19 Volume Details Fields In this field Do this Storage Device Select the array on which you want to create the volume The size of each array is listed nex
265. nfringement under applicable copyright law except executing it on a computer or modifying a private copy Propagation includes copying distribution with or without modification making available to the public and in some countries other activities as well CTERA C Series User Guide 343 19 Legal Information To convey a work means any kind of propagation that enables other parties to make or receive copies Mere interaction with a user through a computer network with no transfer of a copy is not conveying An interactive user interface displays Appropriate Legal Notices to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible feature that 1 displays an appropriate copyright notice and 2 tells the user that there is no warranty for the work except to the extent that warranties are provided that licensees may convey the work under this License and how to view a copy of this License If the interface presents a list of user commands or options such as a menu a prominent item in the list meets this criterion 1 Source Code The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it Object code means any non source form of a work A Standard Interface means an interface that either is an official standard defined by a recognized standards body or in the case of interfaces specified for a particular programming language one that is widely used among
266. ng Clientless Backup To remove Clientless Backup from folders 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Local Backup gt Clientless Backup The Local Backup gt Clientless Backup page appears displaying all computers in the network neighborhood 2 Doone of the following To remove Clientless Backup for a single folder 1 Next to the desired computer click to expand the node The shared folders on the computer appear 2 Select the desired folder and click Remove Sync A confirmation message appears 3 Click Yes CTERA C Series User Guide 189 11 Synchronizing Folders The folder s icon changes to F To remove Clientless Backup for all the shares in a computer 1 Select the desired computer and click Remove Sync A confirmation message appears 2 Click Yes Configuring Clientless Backup You can configure Clientless Backup to specify how often backup should occur and where the resulting files will be stored To configure Clientless Backup 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Local Backup gt Clientless Backup The Local Backup gt Clientless Backup page appears displaying all computers in the network neighborhood 2 Click Configuration The Clientless Backup Wizard opens displaying the Configure Clientless Backup dialog box Clientless Backup Wizard gt Configure Clientless Backup Clientless Backup allows you to automatically synchronize shares in your ne
267. ng Started 5 Opening Menu Sections In order to view the contents of a menu section in the navigation pane you must open it To open a menu section J Do one of the following amp Click on the section s name E Next to the section s name click The section opens revealing its contents Sorting Tables You can sort a table according to a specific column in ascending or descending order To sort a table according to a column 1 Click on the desired column s heading The table is sorted according to the column An arrow in the column s heading indicates that the table is sorted according to the column The arrow s direction indicates the sort order System Select Topic 2 Systemy Minimum Severity Type Date User i 2013 08 14 23 01 22 i 2013 08 14 22 38 30 i 2013 08 15 12 29 34 i 2013 08 15 12 29 17 2013 08 15 11 48 52 In this example the table is sorted according to the Date column in ascending order 2 To reverse the column s sort order click on the column s heading again The sort order is reversed Navigating Between Table Pages When a table contains multiple pages you can navigate between the pages by using the controls at the bottom of the table To navigate between pages E Doany of the following E To navigate to the next page click o CTERA C Series User Guide 41 5 Getting Started J To navigate to the previous page click Si EJ To navigate to page 1 click l
268. ng logs 1 30 El Logout G Restat Hep A admin saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 The following information is displayed 306 CTERA C Series User Guide Monitoring Your CTERA Appliance 17 Table 70 Cloud Sync Log Fields This field Displays An icon indicating the log level See Log Levels page 301 Operation The synchronization operation performed J New A new file or directory was created E Updated A file or directory was updated The synchronization operation s direction J In From the cloud drive to the local drive Out From the local drive to the cloud drive The name of the file transferred during the synchronization operation pain ieee Dedup Ratio The deduplication ratio for the file transferred during the synchronization operation Result The result of the synchronization operation Moreno Additional information about the event Viewing Access Logs To view Access logs 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Event Log gt Log Viewer The Event Log gt Log Viewer page appears 2 Inthe Select Topic drop down list select Access CTERA C Series User Guide 307 17 Monitoring Your CTERA Appliance The Access logs appear M ctera at g Access ea Pane Select Topic Access Minimum Severity infor S4clear Settings 5 Export to Excel Cloud Backup Type Date User Protocol Details Cl
269. ng with iSCSI Targets iSCSI is a popular storage area network SAN protocol allowing organizations to consolidate storage into data center storage arrays while providing hosts such as database and web servers with the illusion of locally attached disks You can define SAN volumes which are unformatted volumes also called Raw In order for users to access a SAN volume an iSCSI target should be defined for this volume The SAN volume will then appear as if it were a physical disk on the user s PC or server and can be formatted remotely 80 CTERA C Series User Guide Managing Storage 7 Adding and Editing iSCSI Targets To add or edit an iSCSI target 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Storage gt iSCSI The Storage gt iSCSI page appears A ctera coe CONFIGURATION MOE Sy Main iSCSI Targets Local Backup Bnew Edt Delete cy Cloud Backup Name Volume Status Lee EE Taraeti Vol2 Online Share Storage Arrays Volumes Snapshots iscsi Power Management Search Event Log Alerts Cloud Services System 019819191015 J j El Logout Restart Heip admin E saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 2 Doone ofthe following To add a new target click New To edit an existing target click on its name The iSCSI Targets Wizard opens displaying the iSCSI Target Details dialog box iSCSI Targets Wizard a iSCSI Target Details
270. nnn 21 Installing a SATA Hard Drive in the CTERA C400 21 Removing a SATA Hard Drive from the CTERA C400 23 Connecting USB Drives 23 Package Contents Your appliance package contains the following items E CTERA C400 Power cord Two Ethernet LAN cables Quick Start Guide Rack mounting kit OGBooae amp Plastic bag containing screws for both hard drive installation and rack mounting CTERA C Series User Guide 3 CTERA C400 Specifications and Installation Rear Panel Network and power connections are made via the appliance s rear panel Power Power COM Fan Supply Switch Port Grille AC Power LAN1 LAN2 Input Socket Ports 16 CTERA C Series User Guide CTERA C400 Specifications and Installation 3 The appliance rear panel contains the following elements Table 6 C400 Rear Panel Elements Element Description A serial RS 232 console port used for connecting to the appliance console The console can be used for advanced troubleshooting and maintenance operations Four USB 2 0 ports used for connecting USB drives Note that you can connect more than four USB drives by connecting a powered USB hub Be sure to use a powered hub in order to avoid exceeding the power capacity of the USB ports
271. not currently available J Not Subscribed You are not subscribed to the service Moreino Additional information about the subscription services Modifying Your Services Connection Settings If you need to connect to a different CTERA Portal or enter new login credentials you can do so using the following procedure To modify your connection settings 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Cloud Services gt Status The Cloud Services gt Status page appears 2 Click Settings CTERA C Series User Guide 53 Using Cloud Services The Connect to Services Wizard opens displaying the Account Details dialog box 3 Modify the fields as needed 4 Click Next Your appliance connects to the CTERA Portal using the new settings The Connect to Services Completed screen appears 5 Click Finish Reconnecting to Services If the connection to the CTERA Portal is lost due to a connectivity failure the appliance will automatically reconnect when it detects that the CTERA Portal is available If desired you can force the appliance to immediately try to reconnect To reconnect to services 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Cloud Services gt Status The Cloud Services gt Status page appears 2 Click Reconnect The appliance reconnects to the CTERA Portal Disconnecting from Services If desired you can disconnect from managed cloud services To disconnect from managed cl
272. ns 1 through 9 of this document Licensor shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting the License Legal Entity shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities that control are controlled by or are under common control with that entity For the purposes of this definition control means i the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of such entity whether by contract or otherwise or ii ownership of fifty percent 50 or more of the outstanding shares or iii beneficial ownership of such entity You or Your shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising permissions granted by this License Source form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications including but not limited to software source code documentation source and configuration files Object form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or translation of a Source form including but not limited to compiled object code generated documentation and conversions to other media types CTERA C Series User Guide 349 19 Legal Information Work shall mean the work of authorship whether in Source or Object form made available under the License as indicated by a copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work an example is provided in the Appendix below Derivative Works shall mean any work whether in Source or Object fo
273. ns and data transfers are not encrypted On M Share files and folders using SMB B DVD or CH When you enable SMB sharing for a user account you must enter C Screen Sh the password for that account Sharing with SMB stores this ical File sarn password in a less secure manner C Printer Sh On Account Web Sharin O admin ctera C Remote Lo C Remote Ma C Remote Ap Xgrid Shari Internet Sh C Bluetooth W Click the lock to prevent further changes 3 Select the Share files and folders using SMB check box 4 Click Done 198 CTERA C Series User Guide 11 Synchronizing Folders Setting Up Sync Rules Adding and Editing Sync Rules To add or edit a sync rule 1 In the Configuration tab s navigation pane click Local Backup gt Sync Rules The Local Backup gt Sync Rules page appears ae ctera MY COMPUTERS C200 common OO a it i lt syne Rules Local Backup CTERA Agents Clientless Backup Sync Rules Cloud Backup Name Method rule1 local Users Share Storage Search Event Log Alerts Cloud Services System Direction F outbound fal New Edit fal Delete all Enable i Disable stop Run Status Q ide a Event Log k2 Progress Last Message r El Logout G Restat Hep Do one of the following To add a new sync
274. ns check box 4 Click Finish Configuring the Autosharing Access Control List The autosharing access control list is used for all new shares created by external volume autosharing To configure the autosharing access control list 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Share gt Shares The Share gt Shares page appears 2 Click Autosharing The External Volume Autosharing dialog box opens CTERA C Series User Guide 127 9 Sharing Files 3 Add each user and user group who should have access to automatically created shares by doing the following In the Local Users drop down list select one of the following Local Users Search the users defined locally on the appliance Domain domain Users Search the users belonging to the domain called domain Local Groups Search the user groups defined locally on the appliance Domain domain Groups Search the user groups belonging to the domain called domain In the Quick Search field type a string that appears anywhere within the name of the user or user group you want to add then click A table of users or user groups matching the search string appears External Volume Autosharing x External Volume Autosharing If external volume autosharing is enabled a network share is i Protocols Com automatically created every time a new external drive is inserted ii fe 3 2 A T dih X Automatically share external volumes with these perm
275. nse Subject to the terms and conditions of this License each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual worldwide non exclusive no charge royalty free irrevocable copyright license to reproduce prepare Derivative Works of publicly display publicly perform sublicense and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form 3 Grant of Patent License Subject to the terms and conditions of this License each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual worldwide non exclusive no charge royalty free irrevocable except as stated in this section patent license to make have made use offer to sell sell import and otherwise transfer the Work where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their Contribution s alone or by combination of their Contribution s with the Work to which such Contribution s was submitted If You institute patent litigation against any entity including a cross claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit alleging that the Work or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent infringement then any patent licenses granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed 4 Redistribution You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium with or without modifications and in Source or Object form prov
276. nse they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all For example if a patent license would not permit royalty free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented by public license practices Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system it is up to the author donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest o
277. ntage of the volume currently in use The volume s status in the format Mode Status The mode can be Online or Offline For a list of possible statuses see Volume Statuses page 291 The last five important events in the appliance Event Log CTERA C Series User Guide 289 17 Monitoring Your CTERA Appliance re For information on log fields see Using CTERA appliance Logs Table 56 Hard Drive Statuses This status Indicates Synchronized This drive is in a RAID array and is in optimal condition loess The drive is not in a RAID array and is in optimal condition FAIL The hard drive has failed Unrecognized The hard drive contains unrecognized data You must format the hard drive before it can be used inactive This drive is in a RAID array but is currently not in use Rebuilding This drive is in a RAID array that is currently being rebuilt nue The drive is currently in use Table 57 Array Statuses This status Indicates optima The array is in optimal condition Degraded The array is accessible and there is no data loss however the array type is RAID1 Mirroring and a disk is failed or missing Performance and reliability may be reduced Replace the failed drive as soon as possible Recovering A degraded array is being repaired The appliance is currently synchronizing out of sync members of the array and performance of the appliance may be reduced Once the recovery is finish
278. o this Username Type a user name for the user Type a password for the user Retype password Retype the same password you entered in the Password field Type the users full name This field is optional Email Address Type the user s email address This field is optional Type a numeric user ID UID to assign the user This field is optional 254 CTERA C Series User Guide Managing Users 13 Inviting Users to Install CTERA Agent You can invite users to install CTERA agent and back up their computers to the appliance When you invite a user the user receives an email invitation with a link to download CTERA Agent and a username and password for accessing the appliance The user s account is added to the appliance and you can see the new user listed in the Users gt Users page on the Configuration tab To invite a new user to download CTERA agent 1 Click the My Computers tab The My Computers page appears Cyn ctera MY COMPUTERS MY COMPUTERS My Computers Windows bay Download Agent Linux Ki TOSH Online Mac File Level Backup f Completed wa Invite new user Windows 7 Linux Mac a C200 FILES CONFIGURATION 4 minutes 57 seconds ago EN Logout G Restart Heip 2 Under Invite new user click Windows The Invite New User dialog box appears In the Full Name field enter the user s full name O a A O Click OK A confirmation message appears
279. o use RSync with SSL TLS encryption To configure RSync access to the appliance 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Share gt RSync Server The Share gt RSync Server page appears Cs C200 ctera CONFIGURATION gt Share gt RSync Server Main RSync Server Local Backup Enable the RSync Server Cloud Backup Users Share Shares Collaboration Home Directories Save Revert Windows File Sharing FTP Server RSync Server AFP Settings NFS Settings Storage Search Event Log Alerts Cloud Services l System Logout Restart ba Q Hep A admin saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 2 To enable the RSync Server select the Enable the RSync Server check box 3 Inthe RSync Port field type the port to use for RSync connections The default value is 873 4 Click Save CTERA C Series User Guide 123 9 Sharing Files Configuring Apple File Sharing When Apple File Sharing is enabled users with Mac OS X and Mac OS based clients can access network shares on the appliance using the Apple Filing Protocol AFP For information see Viewing Network Shares Using Mac OS X Finder on page 147 Furthermore enabling Apple File Sharing allows the appliance to act as a repository for Apple Time Machine backup files To configure Apple File Sharing 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Share gt AFP Settings The Share gt AFP Set
280. oc Properties 21x General Custom Summary Previous Versions To view a previous version of a file select the version from the Following list and then click view You can also save a file to a different location or restore a previous version of a file File versions Name Time Important Dat Today June 10 2009 18 38 View Copy Restore 5 Inthe File Versions list select the version you want to restore CTERA C Series User Guide 181 10 Using Cloud Backup 6 Click Restore The file is restored to the desired version To restore a deleted file 1 View the network share containing the desired file or folder See Viewing Network Shares Using Windows File Sharing on page 146 2 Open the relevant network share and browse to the folder that contained the file prior to the file s deletion 3 Right click on the folder and click Properties The Properties dialog box appears 4 Click the Previous Versions tab The Previous Versions tab is displayed oa In the File Versions list locate the deleted file 6 Click Restore The file is restored Restoring Files and Folders from a Cloud NEXT3 Snapshot Using the File Manager To restore files and folders from the File Manager 1 View the snapshot containing the files and folders you want to restore See Viewing Previous Versions of Files and Folders on page 286 2 Copy the desired files folders See Copying Moving Files and Fold
281. oftware or third party software content or services and to otherwise exploit Your ideas and comments in each case without payment of any compensation 3 GPL License The Software makes use of free and open source programs the Free Programs licensed under the following license agreements GNU General Public License GPL version 2 or later www gnu org licenses gpl html GNU Lesser General Public License LGPL version 2 1 or later www gnu org licenses Igpl html Apache License Version 2 0 or later www apache org licenses LICENSE 2 0 It is Your responsibility to review and adhere to all licenses to Free Programs Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement You may redistribute the Free Programs and or modify them under the terms of the corresponding license agreement The Free Programs are distributed in the hope that they will be useful but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE To obtain the source code for the Free Programs subject to the terms of the corresponding license agreement please send a request by mail to Open Source Requests CTERA Networks Ltd Imber 24 Petach Tikva Israel 4 Third Party Software Software licensed to CTERA by third parties for direct or indirect distribution to end users Third Party Software may be embedded in the Software and sublicensed directly to You Third Party Software is provided to You subject
282. olely under the conditions stated below Sublicensing is not allowed section 10 makes it unnecessary 3 Protecting Users Legal Rights From Anti Circumvention Law No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article 11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996 or similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such measures 344 CTERA C Series User Guide Legal Information 19 When you convey a covered work you waive any legal power to forbid circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to the covered work and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or modification of the work as a means of enforcing against the work s users your or third parties legal rights to forbid circumvention of technological measures 4 Conveying Verbatim Copies You may convey verbatim copies of the Program s source code as you receive it in any medium provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice keep intact all notices stating that this License and any non permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty and give all recipients a copy of this License along with the Program You may charge any price or no price for eac
283. olumn select the check box The excluded set is enabled CTERA C Series User Guide 163 10 Using Cloud Backup At the bottom of the workspace the Selected Files field indicates the size of the files selected for backup The Cloud Storage Usage field indicates the amount of used space in your account after the next cloud backup operation including backups from any other CTERA appliances included in your account To disable an excluded set 1 2 In the Configuration tab s navigation pane click Cloud Backup gt Exclude Sets The Cloud Backup gt Exclude Sets page appears Next to the desired excluded set in the Enabled column clear the check box The excluded set is disabled At the bottom of the workspace the Selected Files field indicates the size of the files selected for backup The Cloud Storage Usage field indicates the amount of used space in your account after the next cloud backup operation including backups from any other CTERA appliances included in your account Adding and Editing Excluded Sets To add or edit an excluded set 1 In the Configuration tab s navigation pane click Cloud Backup gt Exclude Sets The Cloud Backup gt Exclude Sets page appears Do one of the following GJ To add anew excluded set click New amp J To edit an existing excluded set click on its name The Backup Set Details Wizard opens displaying the Backup Set Details dialog box In the Backup Set Name fie
284. omputers Tab The My Computers tab allows managing connected CTERA Agents Users can view their own agents and administrators can view all defined agents fee C200 ctera wr courres MY COMPUTERS My Computers Download Agent Windows Linux TOSH Online Mac Aw File Level Backup Completed 4 minutes 57 seconds ago gt Invite new user Windows Linux HD al m i Logout Restart Heip amp admin saral ctera ctera com 4 0 11 0 The Status Bar The status bar includes the following elements E Controls for logging out of shutting down and restarting the appliance E Controls for accessing online help CTERA C Series User Guide 43 5 Getting Started Your user name The firmware version Accessing Online Help To access online help Do one or more of the following To view the CTERA appliance User Guide in the status bar click Help This guide opens in a new window or tab To view tooltips in the main frame mouse over the icon Setting Up the CTERA Appliance The Web interface includes a Setup Wizard that enables you to quickly configure basic recommended settings for your appliance The wizard opens automatically upon initial login however if desired you can close the wizard at any stage and set up the appliance without the aid of the wizard You can run the wizard at any time using the following procedure To run the Setup Wizard 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation
285. on EJ The cables may use PVC as an insulating material to ensure product safety EJ Product may contain post industrial recycled content plastics metal glass No CFCs chlorofluorocarbons HCFCs hydrofluorocarbons or other ozone depleting substances are used in packaging material Chromium lead mercury or cadmium are not intentionally added to packaging materials and are not present in a cumulative concentration greater than 100 ppm as incidental impurities No halogenated plastics or polymers are used for packaging material The System fully complies with the EU Directive 94 62 EEC The product has been tested in a typical configuration For a copy of the original signed declaration in full conformance with EN45014 please contact CTERA Technical Support at www ctera com support 354 CTERA C Series User Guide Index A About Cloud Attached Storage 1 About the CTERA Cloud Backup Service 157 About Your CTERA Cloud Attached Storage Appliance 1 Accessing Network Shares 152 Accessing Online Help 44 Accessing the Administrative Share 154 Accessing the Home Page e 42 Accessing Your CTERA Portal Account 55 Adding and Editing Arrays 68 71 299 Adding and Editing Excluded Sets 170 Adding and Editing Included Sets 164 Adding and Editing iSCSI Targets 68 84 Adding and Editing Logical Volumes 67 68 76 92 264 265 299 Adding and Editing Network Shares e 104 105 112
286. on marks then the backup set will include all files with the extension avi mov and mpg 7 To delete a condition click inits row CTERA C Series User Guide 159 10 Using Cloud Backup 8 Click Next The Select Folders dialog box appears Backup Set Details x Select Folders Select folders to include in this backup set ee Sf Froot This dialog box enables you to select the folders to which this backup set applies By default the root folder is selected meaning that the backup set applies to all files in all folders If desired you can select specific folders to which this backup set should apply For example you can create an backup set that contains all files that have the extension txt and reside in the folder share1 textfiles by entering txt in the previous dialog box and then choosing the folder share1 textfiles in this dialog box 9 Expand the tree nodes to reveal the folders For an explanation of the icons and check boxes next to each folder see Folder Icons page 156 10 Select the check boxes next to the folders you want to include in the included set 11 Click Next 160 CTERA C Series User Guide Using Cloud Backup 10 The Done screen appears 12 Click Finish Tip H If you added a new included set it is automatically enabled CTERA C Series User Guide 161 10 Using Cloud Backup Table 33 Backup Set Condition Operators Use th
287. on operation 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Synchronize gt Sync Rules The Synchronize gt Sync Rules page appears 2 Select the desired rule and click Run CTERA C Series User Guide 209 11 Synchronizing Folders A progress bar appears and the relevant folder is synchronized ctera ans MY COMPUTERS FILES CONFIGURATION Local Backup gt Sync Rules Main Sync Rules BR GIN LR Edt g Delet Bl Disabe stop 2 Event L a jew elete isal tog Event Lor a CTERA Agents p g Clientless Backup Name Method Direction Status Progress LastMessage Elapsed Time Last Completion Time Next Start Time Sync Rules rule1 cifs F outbound g Running Collecting info 12 seconds 2013 08 15 14 10 35 2013 08 16 00 00 Cloud Backup Users Share Storage Search Event Log Alerts d Cloud Services System je em m m U Logout Restart Heip amp admin saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 To stop a running synchronization operation 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Synchronize gt Sync Rules The Synchronize gt Sync Rules page appears 2 Select the rule for which synchronization is running and click Stop The operation stops running Disabling Enabling Sync Rules You can disable a sync rule If a synchronization operation is currently running for this rule it will be suspended In addition all future scheduled synchronization operations for this rule will be
288. on policy Custom Configure a custom retention policy The default value is Normal For an explanation of each policy see Understanding Snapshot Retention Policies on page 91 If you selected Custom the other fields in the dialog box are enabled and you can use them to configure a custom retention policy Retain all snapshots at least Type the minimum number of hours that snapshots of any type should be retained The default value is 24 hours Retain daily snapshots Type the number of daily snapshots that should be retained Retain weekly snapshots Type the number of weekly snapshots that should be retained Retain monthly snapshots Type the number of monthly snapshots that should be retained Retain yearly snapshots Type the number of yearly snapshots that should be retained Understanding Snapshot Retention Policies You can configure a snapshot retention policy for all NEXT3 snapshot enabled volumes A retention policy specifies the following J The number daily snapshots to retain For example if daily snapshots are set to 10 then the last 10 daily snapshots will be retained If daily snapshots are set to 0 then the current daily snapshot will be deleted when the next day starts E The number of weekly snapshots to retain A weekly snapshot is the latest snapshot taken during the week Tip i A week is defined as starting on Monday and ending on Sunday Example 1 CTERA C Series User Guide 91 8 W
289. one of its component parts may only be returned to CTERA with CTERA s prior written approval Any such approval shall reference a returned material authorization number issued by an authorized CTERA service representative Transportation costs if any incurred in connection with the return of a defective item to CTERA shall be borne by You Any transportation costs incurred in connection with the redelivery of a repaired or replacement item to You by CTERA shall be borne by CTERA provided however that if CTERA determines in its sole discretion that the allegedly defective item is not covered by the terms of the warranty or that a warranty claim is made after the warranty period the cost of the repair by CTERA including all shipping expenses shall be reimbursed by You Exclusions The foregoing warranties and remedies shall be void as to any Hardware Products damaged or rendered unserviceable by one or more of the following 1 improper or inadequate maintenance by anyone other than CTERA or CTERA s authorized agents 2 software or interfacing supplied by anyone other than CTERA 3 modifications alterations or additions to the Hardware Products by personnel not certified by CTERA or CTERA s authorized agents to perform such acts or other unauthorized repair installation or opening or other causes beyond CTERA s control 4 unreasonable refusal to agree with engineering change notice programs 5 negligence by any person other than CTERA o
290. onnect a USB drive to the appliance To connect a USB drive to the appliance 1 2 Connect one end of a USB cable into the USB drive Connect the other end of the USB cable to the appliance s USB port CTERA C Series User Guide 23 CTERA C800 Specifications and Installation This chapter describes the following EJ The CTERA C800 package contents hardware and specifications CTERA C800 installation E Hard drive installation and removal In This Chapter Package Contents nn nnn nnn nnn nnn nnn nnn nnmanmnnnmanmannnnnmanmannmnnm nnn Rear Pal el nnn nn anne nnn nnn enn nnn cane nnnannnnnannnannannannnannnanaannannmannnnnnn enn n enn Front Panel nnnn nn nnn nnn cnn nnn nnn nmannnnnnannannnanmannannmannannannmnnnnanennmmnmmn nein Technical Specifications n nnnn onan nnn nnn nnnnnnnnmnnnnnnmanmnnnmanmann Requirements Installing the CTERA C800 nncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnncnnannnnnmanmannannmanmnnnmanmann Installing a SATA Hard Drive in the CTERA C800 Removing a SATA Hard Drive from the CTERA C800 Connecting USB DriveS Hot Swapping Power Supplies
291. or DNS name Type the user name with which the appliance should authenticate to the remote server Password Type the password with which the appliance should authenticate to the remote server Remote Folder Type the path to the folder on the remote server with which you want to synchronize files When synchronizing between two CTERA appliances the path must start with the share name and not witha Encryption Specify the encryption method with which to secure the connection to the remote server by selecting one of the following E None Do not encrypt the connection to the remote server E SSH Secure the connection to the remote server using SSH Secure Shell The remote server must support SSH access SSL Secure the connection to the remote server using SSL Secure Sockets Layer The remote server must support SSL access The default value is SSH When synchronizing between two CTERA appliances you must select None This field is relevant for RSync only 204 CTERA C Series User Guide Synchronizing Folders 11 To synchronize with a remote WebDav Server The Select a Synchronization Direction dialog box appears sync Rule Wizard x Select the Synchronization Direction in which direction should the files be synchronized i 1 Specify the synchronization direction by doing one of the following To synchronize a folder from a remote server to the appliance choose In To synchronize a folder
292. or any reason You will cease using the Software and either destroy all copies of the Software and CTERA documentation or return them to CTERA The provisions of this Agreement other than the license granted in section 1 License to User Software shall survive termination 7 Disclaimer of Warranties THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS CTERA AND CTERA S LICENSORS AND RESELLERS MAKE NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND WHETHER EXPRESS IMPLIED STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE WITH RESPECT TO THE SOFTWARE EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW CTERA AND ITS LICENSORS AND RESELLERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY SATISFACTORY QUALITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE NON INFRINGEMENT QUIET ENJOYMENT AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING OUT OF ANY COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE CTERA AND ITS LICENSORS AND RESELLERS DO NOT WARRANT THAT THE SOFTWARE WILL FUNCTION AS DESCRIBED WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR FREE OR FREE OF HARMFUL COMPONENTS OR THAT THE DATA YOU STORE BY USING THE SOFTWARE WILL BE SECURE OR NOT OTHERWISE LOST OR DAMAGED NO ADVICE OR INFORMATION OBTAINED BY YOU FROM CTERA OR FROM ANY THIRD PARTY OR THROUGH THE SOFTWARE SHALL CREATE ANY WARRANTY NOT EXPRESSLY STATED IN THIS AGREEMENT YOU UNDERSTAND AND AGREE THAT YOU USE THE SOFTWARE AND ALL THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE OR SERVICES MADE AVAILABLE IN CONJUNCTION WITH OR THROUGH THE SOFTWARE AT YOUR OWN DISCRETION AN
293. or use in a User Product and the conveying occurs as part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a fixed term regardless of how the transaction is characterized the Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied by the Installation Information But this requirement does not apply if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install modified object code on the User Product for example the work has been installed in ROM The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a requirement to continue to provide support service warranty or updates for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient or for the User Product in which it has been modified or installed Access to a network may be denied when the modification itself materially and adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and protocols for communication across the network Corresponding Source conveyed and Installation Information provided in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly documented and with an implementation available to the public in source code form and must require no special password or key for unpacking reading or copying 7 Additional Terms Additional permissions are terms that supplement the terms of this License by making exceptions from one or more of it
294. ore volumes on each array See Adding and Editing Logical Volumes on page 73 c If you created a SAN volume you must add it as an iSCSI target in order to access it See Adding and Editing iSCSI Targets on page 81 Setting Up Storage Using the Storage Setup Wizard The Storage Setup Wizard enables you to quickly configure basic recommended storage settings for your appliance To set up storage using the Storage Setup Wizard 1 3 In the Configuration tab s navigation pane click Storage gt Arrays or Storage gt Volumes The relevant page appears Click Storage Setup Wizard The Easy Storage Setup Wizard opens displaying the Easy Storage Setup dialog box Easy Storage Setup x Easy Storage Setup The wizard will now guide you through the process of adding storage to the device The following storage devices were detected Lac l SATA1 153 38GB WDC WD1601ABYS 0 InUse 4 Format EmO pac J j SATA2 153 38GB WDC WD1601ABYS 0 InUse 4 Format Lm For each installed drive the following information is listed port number disk capacity in GB disk type and disk model If there is already data on a drive the Format option appears next to it If there is no data on the drive the drive s status will be Empty and the drive will be formatted automatically Optional To format a drive do the following 66 CTERA C Series User Guide Managing Storage 7 a Click Format next to the drive A
295. oring Your CTERA Appliance 17 Table 68 Cloud Backup Log Upper Pane Fields This field Displays Mode The operation mode Backup or Restore Duration The amount of time the backup operation took Pesut The result ofthe backup operator Files The number of flesto be backedup see sd The total size of the files to be backed up Transferred Files The number of files transferred to cloud storage during the backup operation Transferred Size The size of the files transferred to cloud storage during the backup operation Changed Files The number of files that changed since the last backup operation Changed Size The total size of the files that changed since the last backup operation Morem Additional information about the event Table 69 Cloud Backup Log Lower Pane Fields This field Displays cee law a aaaseneen ieee CO rari epee Additional information about the event CTERA C Series User Guide 305 17 Monitoring Your CTERA Appliance Viewing Cloud Sync Logs To view Cloud Sync logs 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Event Log gt Log Viewer The Event Log gt Log Viewer page appears 2 Inthe Select Topic drop down list select Cloud Sync The Cloud Sync logs appear ae ctera acd a Cloud Sync Lecalbee Select Topic Cloud Sync Minimum Severity info G4Clear Settings Q Export to Excel omer Type Operation Di
296. ork This is the default setting Choose this option to specify that the appliance should use a static IP address You must complete the IP Address Netmask and Default Gateway fields IP Address Type the IP address to assign the appliance INetmask Type the netmask to assign the appliance Default Gateway Type the IP address of the default gateway Obtain a DNS server address automatically Use the following DNS server address Primary DNS Server Secondary DNS Server Choose this option to specify that the appliance should automatically obtain DNS server IP addresses from the DHCP server in your network This is the default setting Choose this option to specify DNS servers for the appliance You must complete the Primary DNS Server and Secondary DNS Server fields Type the primary DNS server s IP address Type the secondary DNS server s IP address This field is optional CTERA C Series User Guide 265 14 Managing Network Settings Configuring Port Settings By default the appliance automatically detects the Ethernet port s link speed and duplex If desired you can manually restrict the Ethernet port to a specific link speed and duplex You can also configure appliance to use jumbo frames While the standard Ethernet frame is 1500 bytes jumbo frames are larger with the conventional jumbo frame size being 9000 bytes Warning H If you enable jumbo frames you must configure all computer
297. orking with Volume Snapshots Let s say snapshots were successfully taken every day until the current day which is Sunday The weekly snapshot is the one taken on Sunday as it is the latest snapshot taken this week Example 2 Snapshots were successfully taken every day until the current day except the Saturday and Sunday snapshots which were not taken because the appliance was turned off The weekly snapshot is the one taken on Friday as it is the latest snapshot taken this week The number of monthly snapshots to retain A monthly snapshot is the latest snapshot taken during the month Example 1 Let s say snapshots were successfully taken every day until the current date which is April 30th The monthly snapshot is the one taken on the 30th as it is the latest snapshot taken this month Example 2 Snapshots were successfully taken every day until the current date except snapshots for the 25th through the 30th which were not taken because the appliance was turned off The monthly snapshot is the one taken on 24th as it is the latest snapshot taken this month The number of yearly snapshots to retain A yearly snapshot is the latest snapshot taken during the year Example 1 Let s say snapshots were successfully taken every day until the current date which is the December 31st The yearly snapshot is the one taken on the 31st as it is the latest snapshot taken this year Example 2 Snapshots were successfully taken
298. oud services 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Cloud Services gt Status The Cloud Services gt Status page appears 2 Click Configure The Connect to Services Wizard opens displaying the Account Details dialog box 3 Clear the Yes I have a CTERA Portal account check box 4 Click Next Your appliance disconnects from the CTERA Portal The Connect to Services Completed screen appears 5 Click Finish 54 CTERA C Series User Guide Using Cloud Services 6 Accessing Your CTERA Portal Account To access your CTERA Portal account 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Cloud Services gt Status The Cloud Services gt Status page appears 2 Click My Account The CTERA Portal opens in a new window and you can log in and access your account Using Remote Access Remote access is a cloud service that enables you to access the files on your appliance from anywhere as well as to remotely administer your appliance via the Internet Your appliance is assigned a unique DNS name with which you can access it on the Internet Tip i Enabling or disabling remote access controls whether your appliance is accessible from the Internet However you can always access the appliance from within the local network regardless of this setting CTERA C Series User Guide 55 6 Using Cloud Services Enabling Disabling Remote Access To enable remote access 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigatio
299. ould be synchronized with the cloud drive as well as how conflicts between file versions should be handled To configure advanced cloud drive synchronization settings 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Cloud Services gt Cloud Drive 60 CTERA C Series User Guide Using Cloud Services 6 The Cloud Services gt Cloud Drive page appears 2 Click Settings The Cloud Drive Settings window opens displaying the Select Folders tab 3 Click the Advanced tab The Advanced tab appears mlx Cloud Drive Settings xm A J Advanced Select Folders Select the local folder to synchronize tal New Folder Ea 3 bck Advanced cloud public After resolving conflict keep original for 7 5 days 4 Expand the tree nodes and select the local folder under which folders should be created for each portal cloud folder you chose for synchronization For information on choosing portal cloud folders for synchronization see Selecting Cloud Folders for Synchronization on page 60 5 Optional To create a new folder do the following a Inthe tree select the parent folder in which you want to create the new folder b Click New Folder The Create a New Folder dialog box opens Add New Folder x Create a New Folder Please enter a name for new the folder CTERA C Series User Guide 61 6 Using Cloud Services c Inthe Folder Name field type a name for the folder
300. ouncil on Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment WEEE 2002 96 CE Environmental Data Product s Materials Information Restricted Substances CTERA products do NOT contain any of the following substances in concentrations exceeding legal threshold limits EJ Asbestos amp colorants in components that come into direct contact with human skin EJ Cadmium and its compounds except for use in applications exempted by the EU RoHS Directive Class and Class II CFCs chlorofluorocarbons and HCFCs hydro fluorocarbons Chloroparaffins short chained 10 13 carbon chain J Chromium VI and its compounds except for use in applications exempted by the EU RoHS Directive EJ Halogenated dioxins or furans i e polychlorinated dibenzodioxines polychlorinated dibenzofurans E Lead and its compounds except for use in applications exempted by the EU RoHS Directive CTERA C Series User Guide 353 19 Legal Information F Mercury except for use in applications exempted by the EU RoHS Directive Nickel and its compounds in components that are likely to result in prolonged skin exposure PCBs polychlorobiphenyls or PCTs polychloroterphenyls PBBs polybromobiphenyls or PBDEs polybrominated diphenylethers PVC polyvinyl chloride in plastic parts greater than 25 grams Polychlorinated naphthalenes PCNs HBGeae F Tributyl tin TBT and triphenyl tin TPT compounds Additional Materials Informati
301. oval do the following a Click Safely Remove A confirmation message appears b Click Yes The disk is unmounted and can be safely removed 5 To view advanced information click the Advanced tab 292 CTERA C Series User Guide Monitoring Your CTERA Appliance 17 The Advanced tab appears SATA1 Drive Status 1x Summary Advanced D Description Raw Value Value Worst Value Threshold Status 1 Raw Read Error Rate 12 200 200 51 Ok 1 3 Spin Up Time 2875 162 161 21 Ok 4 Start Stop Count 160 100 100 0 Ok 5 Reallocated Sector Ct 0 200 200 140 Ok 7 Seek Error Rate 0 200 200 0 Ok 9 Power On Hours 1578 98 98 0 Ok 10 Spin Retry Count 0 100 100 0 Ok 11 Calibration Retry Count 0 100 100 0 Ok 12 Power Cycle Count 155 100 100 0 Ok 194 Temperature Celsius 36 107 94 0 Ok 196 Reallocated Event Count 0 200 200 0 Ok 197 Current Pending Sector 0 200 200 0 Ok 198 Offline Uncorrectable 0 200 200 0 Ok 199 UDMA CRC Error Count 0 200 200 0 Ok 200 Multi Zone Error Rate 0 200 200 0 Ok For drives supporting Self Monitoring Analysis and Reporting Technology S M A R T this tab displays advanced diagnostics information about the disk drive For an explanation of the fields refer to your disk drive s documentation Tip H If your drive does not support S M A R T this tab will not appear Tip H USB drives do not support S M A R T 6 Click Close CTERA C Series User Guide 293 17 Monitoring Your CTERA Appliance
302. pane click Cloud Backup gt Exclude Sets The Cloud Backup gt Exclude Sets page appears 2 Select the desired excluded set s name and click Delete A confirmation message appears 3 Click Yes The excluded set is deleted Scheduling Automatic Cloud Backup To schedule automatic cloud backup 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Cloud Backup gt Schedule The Cloud Backup gt Schedule page appears MY COMPUTERS FILES CONFIGURATION Cloud Backup gt Schedule Main Cloud Backup Scheduling Local Backup Cloud Backup Control Panel Using portal settings B Override Backup Files Backup Sets bij Exclude Sets A Schedule 7 Throughput 24 Users Share E Storage Search vi On Completion Y Event Log Every Day v Alerts Cloud Services the Save Revert System gt Logout Restat Heip amp admin saral ctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 2 Doone of the following J To override settings inherited from the CTERA Portal click Override 166 CTERA C Series User Guide Using Cloud Backup 10 J To use settings configured in the CTERA Portal click Use portal settings 3 Complete the fields using the information in the following table 4 Click Save Table 34 Backup Schedule Fields In this field Periodically Choose this option to automatically back up files every specified number of hours The Start Every field is enabled and you must complete it
303. pecifications Software Features Table 13 Software Features Feature Description CTERA Agents 50 Workstation Agent licenses included Additional Workstation Server Agent licenses available Supported File Systems EXT3 NEXT3 FAT32 NTFS ExFAT Supported File Sharing Protocols CIFS Windows File Sharing NFS FTP WebDAV RSync AFP Apple File Sharing Discovery Protocols UPnP me lt RAID RAID Leves RAIDO RAID1 RAIDS RAID6 JBOD RAID1 RAID5 RAID6 JBOD Cloud Service Features Table 14 Cloud Service Features Feature Description Backup Files Security AES 256 Encryption SHA 1 fingerprints optional secret passphrase Protocol Security SSL Secure Socket Layers Efficiency Incremental updates Data Compression Block Level Deduplication Additional Services Centralized Management Centralized Monitoring Reporting Logging Remote Access Offline Backup Seeding CTERA C Series User Guide 29 4 CTERA C800 Specifications and Installation Hardware Features Table 15 Hardware Features Feature Description Internal Hard Drives 8 x 3 5 SATA Hot Swap not included Maximum Storage Capacity 24TB max 16TB per logical volume 2 x USB 2 0 high speed ports for external drives 2 x Gigabit Ethernet Maximum Power Consumption 256W Operating Environment 10 40 C Humidity 10 85 non condensed 88 H X 446 4 W X 506 D mm 3 46 H x 17 6 D x 19 9 D inch 2U rack mount wei
304. pic drop down list select Cloud Backup The Cloud Backup logs appear For information on the displayed fields see the following tables i ae ctera Event Log gt Log Viewer Main Local Backup Cloud Backup Users Share Storage Search Event Log Log Viewer Log Settings Syslog Alerts Cloud Services System Q Hep Logout Restart Tip Cloud Backup Select Topic Cloud Backup Minimum Severity Q infor Type Start Time Mode Type ri 2013 08 13 12 25 28 Backup manual 34 Clear GP Settings Duration 00 00 20 Page 1 5 Type Operation File Name Path 4 m Page 1 z Duration Size amp Export to Excel Result Completed successfully Transferr C200 CONFIGURATION Files Size Tran 919 719 0 0 Displaying logs 1 26 Dedup Ratio Result G No logs to display admin saral ctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 By default the lower pane will appear displaying all files for which an error occurred during backup However if you disabled additional logging for backup operations the lower pane will not appear For information on configuring the logging level see Configuring Event Log Settings on page 296 2 To view additional logging information for a backup operation click on the desired operation in the upper pane Information about files included in the backup operation appears in the lower pane 304 CTERA C Series User Guide Monit
305. playing the Connect to Domain Workgroup dialog box 3 Choose Domain then type the domain name 4 Click Next The Join a Windows domain dialog box opens Windows File Sharing Wizard x Join a Windows domain To join the domain enter the username and password of the domain administrator 5 Inthe Username and Password fields type the domain administrator s username and password 6 Optional In the Organizational Unit field type the name of the organizational unit within the Active Directory domain 7 Click Next The Wizard Completed screen appears 8 Click Finish Configuring Windows File Sharing for an Active Directory Tree or Forest To configure Windows file sharing for an Active Directory tree or forest 1 Configure Windows file sharing for one domain in the tree forest See Configuring Windows File Sharing for an Individual Active Directory Domain on page 117 CTERA C Series User Guide 117 9 Sharing Files New links appear in the Domain Workgroup area A ctera Main Local Backup Cloud Backup Users Share Shares Collaboration Home Directories Windows File Sharing FIP Server RSync Server AFP Settings NFS Settings Storage Search Event Log Alerts Cloud Services l System FB Logout Restat Heip Windows File Sharing W Enable CIFS Windows File Sharing Previous Versions Mode Automatic
306. ps Local Disk Space Usage _ 4 51GB of 46 59GB 10 Logout G Restart gt Heip A admin amp saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 Tip Computers for which Clientless Backup is defined but which are currently unavailable appear in gray Tip If your computer is missing in the list or appears in gray see Enabling File Sharing on a PC on page 194 g To rescan the network click gt o N Next to the desired computer click to expand the node If the share requires authentication a pop up window will open Connect to CTERA x Authentication Required This host requires authentication Please enter the user name and password for CTERA Enter the user name and password The network shares on the computer are displayed CTERA C Series User Guide 187 11 Synchronizing Folders 4 Select the desired network share and click Define Sync The Clientless Backup Wizard opens displaying the Clientless Backup dialog box Clientless Backup x Clientless Backup The share will be periodically copied to this device a TA A Local Groups Y Everyone 5 Specify the user or user group that should be allowed access to the backed up files by doing the following To specify an existing user or user group type the name of the user or user in the Quick Search field To add a new user click New User For information on editing users see Adding and Editing Users on page 252 To search
307. pyright statement to Your modifications and may provide additional or different license terms and conditions for use reproduction or distribution of Your modifications or for any such Derivative Works as a whole provided Your use reproduction and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in this License 5 Submission of Contributions Unless You explicitly state otherwise any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of this License without any additional terms or conditions Notwithstanding the above nothing herein shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed with Licensor regarding such Contributions 350 CTERA C Series User Guide Legal Information 19 6 Trademarks This License does not grant permission to use the trade names trademarks service marks or product names of the Licensor except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file 7 Disclaimer of Warranty Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing Licensor provides the Work and each Contributor provides its Contributions on an AS IS BASIS WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND either express or implied including without limitation any warranties or conditions of TITLE NON INFRINGEMENT MERCHANTABILITY
308. r CTERA s authorized agents 6 misuse abuse accident electrical irregularity theft vandalism fire water or other peril 7 damage caused by containment and or operation outside the environmental specifications for the Hardware Products 8 alteration or connection of the Hardware Products to other systems equipment or devices other than those specifically approved by CTERA without the prior approval of CTERA or 9 any use that is inconsistent with the user manual supplied with the Hardware Product Limitation of Liability NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING ELSE IN THIS WARRANTY OR OTHERWISE NEITHER CTERA NOR ITS SUPPLIERS WILL BE LIABLE WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS WARRANTY UNDER ANY CONTRACT NEGLIGENCE STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHER LEGAL OR EQUITABLE THEORY REGARDLESS OF WHETHER CTERA WAS ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES i FOR ANY PUNITIVE INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR LOST DATA OR LOST PROFITS IN THE EVENT THAT CTERA FAILS TO EITHER REPAIR OR REPLACE THE NONCONFORMING HARDWARE COMPONENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS WARRANTY YOU SHALL ONLY BE ENTITLED AS A SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY TO A REFUND OF THE AMOUNT PAID FOR THE HARDWARE PRODUCT GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 June 1991 CTERA C Series User Guide 339 19 Legal Information Copyright C 1989 1991 Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin Street Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute v
309. r transfer any of Your rights or obligations under this Agreement to a third party without the prior written consent of CTERA CTERA may freely assign this Agreement Any attempted assignment or transfer in violation of the foregoing will be void CTERA Limited Hardware Warranty Limited Hardware Warranty CTERA warrants that the hardware components of the product supplied to you by CTERA or its authorizes partners the Hardware Product shall be free from material defects in design materials and workmanship and will function under normal use and circumstances materially in accordance with the documentation provided with such Hardware Products for a period of one year from the date of shipment by CTERA Your sole and exclusive remedy and CTERA s sole and exclusive liability for defective hardware components shall be that CTERA at its sole option subject to the terms and conditions of this Warranty and solely upon confirmation of a defect or failure of a hardware component to perform as warranted shall either repair or replace the nonconforming hardware component All replacement parts furnished to You under this warranty shall be new or refurbished and equivalent to new and shall be warranted as new for the remainder of the original warranty period All defective parts which have been replaced shall become the property of CTERA All defective parts that have been repaired shall remain Your property Procedures A Hardware Product or
310. re Added 2013 08 13 12 25 33 Snapshots 2013 08 13 12 25 33 Volume Volt Comment Temporary System Snapshot Storage Deleted 2013 08713 12 25 11 Snapshots 2013 08 13 12 24 54 Volume Volt Comment Temporary System Snapshot Search Added 2013 08 13 12 24 54 Snapshots 2013 08 13 12 24 54 Volume Volt Comment Temporary System Snapshot Event Log a x Deleted 2013 08 13 12 24 41 Snapshots 2013 08 13 12 24 22 Volume Vol1 Comment Temporary System Snapshot Log Viewer Added 2013 08 13 12 24 22 Snapshots 2013 08 13 12 24 22 Volume Vol1 Comment Temporary System Snapshot Log Settin aaa Deleted 2013 08 13 12 00 41 Snapshots 2013 08 13 12 00 27 Volume Volt Comment Temporary System Snapshot Syslog ae Sy O Added 2013 08713 12 00 27 Snapshots 2013 08 13 12 00 27 Volume Volt Comment Temporary System Snapshot Cid REIER m x Deleted 2013 08 13 11 59 35 Snapshots 2013 08 13 11 59 19 Volume Vol1 Comment Temporary System Snapshot a Added 20130813 11 59 19 Snapshots 2013 08 13 11 59 19 Volume Volt Comment Temporary System Snapshot ystem Deleted 2013 08 13 11 42 20 Snapshots 2013 08 13 11 42 06 Volume Volt Comment Temporary System Snapshot E Added 2013 08 13 11 42 06 Snapshots 2013 08 13 11 42 06 Volume Volt Comment Temporary System Snapshot 4 mM id 4 Page 11 gt Displaying logs 1 32 Logout Restart Heip B admin amp saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 The following information is displaye
311. re the agent option The CTERA Agent Manager opens displaying the Control Panel tab CTERA Agent Editor xI PC Online amp i 2 Connected a amp Next file level backup will run in 23 hours 50 minutes Restore o Last File level Backup Completed eo Settings E Ba D aa ii Backed 4 Flo a ia EOE TOREEN Last Disk level Backup Failed eo About tes 33 seconds ago The te fi spac t a Es File level Backup Disk level Backup 3 Tip A In order to remotely manage the CTERA Agent it must be connected to the appliance 230 CTERA C Series User Guide Centrally Managing CTERA Agents 12 Configuring the Agent By default each CTERA Agent inherits settings from the global settings for all CTERA Agents If desired you can override the global settings as well as configure the following agent specific settings J Enable file level backup for the agent Files and folders to back up during file level backup Applications to back up during file level backup Volumes to back up during disk level backup Configure system state backup GHG amp Configure integration with Windows Explorer relevant for CTERA Agents on Windows only Tip A If the Allow user to configure the agent check box is selected in the global settings for all CTERA Agents see Configuring Global Settings for All CTERA Agents on page 220 non administrative users can centrally manage their own agents using the appliance We
312. rection Fie Name Path Start Time Size Transferred S De Users Hio Updated Out Writing Trash Syncs C200 2012 04 17 11 54 46 OBytes 0 Bytes a Share o New n CTERA Syncs CLOUDPLUG 2012 04 17 11 54 46 OBytes 0 Bytes Storage New In CLOUDPLUG 13 Syncs 2012 04 17 11 54 46 OBytes 0 Bytes Search o Updated Out d Trash Synes C200 2012 04 17 11 54 45 OBytes 0 Bytes Event Log fi New In Syncs 2012 04 17 11 54 45 0 Bytes 0 Bytes Log Viewer o New In CTERA Agents VICTORIA P 2012 04 17 11 54 45 OBytes 0 Bytes Log Settings o New in Clients Agents VICTORIA P 2012 04 17 11 54 45 OBytes 0 Bytes a o Updated Out result xml Trash Synes C200 2012 04 17 11 54 43 8688 0 Bytes o New In Writing Agents VICTORIA P 2012 04 17 11 54 44 OBytes 0 Bytes Eon chicane 3 o New In d Agents VICTORIA PC 2012 04 17 11 54 44 0 Bytes 0 Bytes Srem o New n VICTORIA PC Agents 2012 04 17 11 54 43 OBytes 0 Bytes e o New in Agents 2012 04 17 11 54 43 OBytes 0 Bytes lo Updated Out VICTORIA PC Trash Syncs C200 2012 04 17 11 54 41 OBytes 0 Bytes o New In admin 2012 04 17 11 54 42 OBytes 0 Bytes o New In Image001 png 2012 04 17 11 54 40 122 2 122 2KB o Updated Out Agents Trash Synes C200 2012 04 17 11 54 40 OBytes 0 Bytes lo New In Report On The 2012 04 17 11 54 37 1 2MB 12MB o Updated Out Document docx Trash Syncs C200 2012 04 17 11 54 38 97KB 0Bytes k m enna r id 4 Page 1 gt amp Displayi
313. reunder except to the extent that CTERA s failure to promptly notify You materially delays or prejudices Your ability to defend the claim At CTERA s option You will have the right to defend against any such claim with counsel of Your own choosing subject to CTERA s written consent and to settle such claim as You deem appropriate provided that You shall not enter into any settlement without CTERA s prior written consent and provided that CTERA may at any time elect to take over control of the defense and settlement of the claim 10 Indemnification by CTERA Notwithstanding CTERA s disclaimer of any warranty of non infringement as set forth in Section 7 above in special circumstances in CTERA s sole discretion CTERA may choose to indemnify You in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10 10 1 Indemnification CTERA may defend or settle at its option and expense any action brought by a third party against You only to the extent such action arises from any third party claim brought against You alleging that the Software infringes any patent copyright trademark trade secret or other intellectual property right of any third party the IP Claim and may pay all costs liabilities damages and legal fees finally awarded against You in or paid in settlement of such action 10 2 Remedy by CTERA In the event that any Software or portion thereof is held or in CTERA s reasonable opinion may be held to constitute an infringemen
314. ription CTERA Agents 20 Workstation Agent licenses included Additional Workstation Server Agent licenses available Supported File Systems EXT3 NEXT3 FAT32 NTFS ExFAT Supported File Sharing Protocols CIFS Windows File Sharing NFS FTP WebDAV RSync AFP Apple File Sharing Discovery Protocols UPnP Pee RAID RAID Leves RAIDO RAID1 BOD RAID1 JBOD Cloud Service Features Table 4 Cloud Service Features Feature Description Backup Files Security AES 256 Encryption SHA 1 fingerprints optional secret passphrase Protocol Security SSL Secure Socket Layers Efficiency Incremental updates Data Compression Block Level Deduplication Additional Services Centralized Management Centralized Monitoring Reporting Logging Remote Access Offline Backup Seeding 8 CTERA C Series User Guide CTERA C200 Specifications and Installation 2 Hardware Features Table 5 Hardware Features Feature Description Internal Hard Drives 2 x 3 5 SATA Hot Swap not included 2 x USB 2 0 high speed ports for external drives 1 x Gigabit Ethernet Operating Environment 0 40 C Humidity 5 90 non condensed 162 5 H x 210 D x 95 W mm 6 4 H x 8 27 D x 3 74 W inch Requirements Maximum Power Consumption Hardware Requirements In order to install the CTERA appliance you will need the following E Atleast one hard drive SATA 3 5 B A network connection or router with DHCP en
315. rm that is based on or derived from the Work and for which the editorial revisions annotations elaborations or other modifications represent as a whole an original work of authorship For the purposes of this License Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from or merely link or bind by name to the interfaces of the Work and Derivative Works thereof Contribution shall mean any work of authorship including the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions to that Work or Derivative Works thereof that is intentionally submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner For the purposes of this definition submitted means any form of electronic verbal or written communication sent to the Licensor or its representatives including but not limited to communication on electronic mailing lists source code control systems and issue tracking systems that are managed by or on behalf of the Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work but excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as Not a Contribution Contributor shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and subsequently incorporated within the Work 2 Grant of Copyright Lice
316. ronize folders across their network and enjoy secure transparent and disaster proof backup of critical data The CTERA appliances covered in this guide include the CTERA C200 C400 and C800 Combining the functionalities of a standalone Network Attached Storage NAS device file server and backup tape drive in a single appliance the CTERA appliance allows you to do all of following E Share files across your network Synchronize folders across your network and the cloud g J Back up files online securely and automatically J Restore multiple file versions Gd Access backed up files from anywhere using a Web browser CTERA C Series User Guide 1 Introduction Using the appliance data is synchronized between your computer and the appliance drives then transparently backed up to an offsite storage facility in the cloud Backups are encrypted using high grade AES encryption and encoded to maximize bandwidth utilization Users can recover files stored locally on the appliance and even in the event that the appliance is damaged the files can easily be restored from cloud backup using a Web browser Once installed the CTERA appliance can easily be controlled using an intuitive Web based interface or managed centrally through the CTERA Portal Contacting Technical Support If you require assistance in configuring or using your appliance contact technical support at http www ctera com support 2 CTERA C Series U
317. rottle the Internet bandwidth Choose this option to restrict the bandwidth used for cloud usage backups The rest of the fields on the page are enabled and you must complete them Limit outgoing bandwidth to Type the maximum bandwidth to use for cloud backups in kilobytes per second During these hours Select this option to specify that the bandwidth used for cloud backups should be restricted only at specific times of the day Then use the drop down lists to specify the time range during which the bandwidth should be restricted Select to specify that the bandwidth used for cloud backups should be restricted only on specific days This can be any of the following E One or more specific days GJ Every Day Bandwidth used for cloud backup will be restricted every day The default value is Every Day Restoring Files from Backup CTERA appliance provides a number of ways to restore files to previous versions stored on the cloud or to recover deleted files from the cloud Some of the methods can be used by administrators while other methods enable end users to restore their own files You can restore files and folders to the appliance using any of the following E The appliance Web interface s Cloud Backup Control Panel This can be done by administrators only See Restoring Files and Folders from the Cloud Backup Control Panel on page 176 E The CTERA Portal You can access the CTERA Portal and restore files from
318. rrays and volumes In This Chapter Overview onan nnn nnn nn nn nnn nnn 63 Workflow 65 Setting Up Storage Using the Storage Setup Wizard 66 Manually Setting Up Storage 68 Working with iSCSI Targets 80 Installing a SATA Hard Drive 84 Safely Removing Hard Drives 84 Hot Swapping a Disk in a RAID1 5 or 6 Array 86 Enlarging a RAID1 Array 86 Overview On the appliance storage is divided into arrays each of which consists of one or more physical hard drives When defining an array you can choose from the following array types Each provides a different method of data distribution resulting in various degrees of storage reliability and array capacity CTERA C Series User Guide 63 7 Managing Storage Table 18 Array Types Array
319. rs Sync Rule Wizard X Define the Synchronization Schedule Specify when synchronization should occur ia Si 1 Inthe Synchronize the Folder field select the frequency at which the folder should be synchronized 2 Inthe fields that appear use the controls provided to specify the exact day date or hour at which the folder should be synchronized 3 Click Next The Name This Sync Rule dialog box appears x Syne Rule Wizard Name This Sync Rule Specify a descriptive name for this sync rule ia 4 Inthe Rule Name field type a name for the sync rule This name will appear in the synchronization logs 5 Click Next 208 CTERA C Series User Guide Synchronizing Folders 11 The Wizard Completed screen appears x Sync Rule Wizard Wizard Completed Ss e O nan f onen 6 Click Finish The sync rule is added for the specified folder and appears in the Synchronize gt Sync Rules page Deleting Sync Rules To delete a sync rule 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Synchronize gt Sync Rules The Synchronize gt Sync Rules page appears 2 Select the desired rule and click Delete A confirmation message appears 3 Click Yes The rule is deleted Manually Starting Stopping Synchronization Operations You can manually start synchronization at any time and stop a running synchronization operation To manually start a synchronizati
320. rule click New To edit an existing sync rule click on its name amp admin saral ctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 The Sync Rule Wizard opens displaying the Select a Folder to Synchronize dialog box Sync Rule Wizard Select a Folder to Synchronize Welcome to the Sync Rule Wizard This wizard enables you to periodically copy a local or remote folder from or to this device x te CTERA C Series User Guide 199 11 Synchronizing Folders 3 Expand the tree nodes and select the folder you want to synchronize 4 Optional To create a new folder do the following a Inthe tree select the parent folder in which you want to create the new folder b Click New Folder The Create a New Folder dialog box opens Add New Folder x Create a New Folder Please enter a name for new the folder Folder Name c Inthe Folder Name field type a name for the folder d Click Save A new folder is added to the selected parent folder 5 Click Next The Specify the Synchronization Method dialog box appears a oe C200 ctera CONFIGURATION Cloud Backup gt Backup Sets Main Backup Sets Local Backup merar aa Cloud Backup Control Panel Ei new E Backup Files Name Enabled Comment X 7 Documents m Office documents Schedule Images photos and drawings l Image photo and drawing files Throughput Video a Movies and video files es Audio o Music and sound files gt
321. s RAIDS Striping with RAIDS requires three or more disks and combines striping with distributed parity distributed parity to protect against data loss If a disk fails the array s performance will be reduced the array will be marked as Degraded but data will not be lost If two disks fail data will be lost The array capacity is n 1 s Where n number of drives and s size of smallest disk RAID5 requires a minimum of three hard drives 64 CTERA C Series User Guide Managing Storage 7 RAID6 Striping with dual RAID6 is similar to RAID5 however it uses dual parity to enable the distributed parity array to survive two disk failures without data loss Array capacity is n 2 s Where n number of drives and s size of smallest disk RAID6 requires a minimum of four hard drives Tip i You can also define a standalone drive which is a single drive with one volume defined on it To create a standalone drive format the drive using the Storage Setup Wizard see Setting Up Storage Using the Storage Setup Wizard on page 66 Then create a volume and in the Specify Volume Details dialog box s Storage Device field select the drive see Adding and Editing Logical Volumes on page 73 Tip A RAID1 5 and 6 support hot swapping in which drives are replaced without turning off the appliance The array remains accessible throughout the hot swap procedure For further information see Hot Swapping a
322. s conditions Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall be treated as though they were included in this License to the extent that they are valid under applicable law If additional permissions apply only to part of the Program that part may be used separately under those permissions but the entire Program remains governed by this License without regard to the additional permissions When you convey a copy of a covered work you may at your option remove any additional permissions from that copy or from any part of it Additional permissions may be written to require their own removal in certain cases when you modify the work You may place additional permissions on material added by you to a covered work for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission Notwithstanding any other provision of this License for material you add to a covered work you may if authorized by the copyright holders of that material supplement the terms of this License with terms a Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License or b Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal Notices displayed by works containing it or c Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material or requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in reasonable ways as differen
323. s in the appliance s network segment to use the same Ethernet frame size maximum transmission unit or MTU If you do not set the computers to the same MTU you may lose connectivity to the appliance To configure port settings 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click System gt Network The System gt Network page appears 2 Click Settings The Network Configuration Manager opens displaying the Network tab 3 Click the Ethernet tab The Ethernet tab appears Network Configuration m x Network Configuration m Port Speed Automatic pe Network E Use Jumbo frames 1500 4 Inthe Port Speed drop down list do one of the following 266 CTERA C Series User Guide Managing Network Settings 14 J Select Automatic to configure the port to automatically detect the link speed and duplex This is the default E Select the desired link speed and duplex 5 To use jumbo frames do the following a Select the Use Jumbo frames check box b Inthe MTU field type the maximum transmission unit in bytes 6 Click Save Viewing Network and Port Settings You can view the appliance s network and port settings To view network and port settings E In the Configuration tab s navigation pane click System gt Network The System gt Network page appears The following information is displayed Table 53 Network Status Information This field Displays Connected Disconnected The status of the
324. s of the GPL as needed to protect the freedom of users Finally every program is threatened constantly by software patents States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of software on general purpose computers but in those that do we wish to avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could make it effectively proprietary To prevent this the GPL assures that patents cannot be used to render the program non free The precise terms and conditions for copying distribution and modification follow TERMS AND CONDITIONS 0 Definitions This License refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License Copyright also means copyright like laws that apply to other kinds of works such as semiconductor masks The Program refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this License Each licensee is addressed as you Licensees and recipients may be individuals or organizations To modify a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work in a fashion requiring copyright permission other than the making of an exact copy The resulting work is called a modified version of the earlier work or a work based on the earlier work A covered work means either the unmodified Program or a work based on the Program To propagate a work means to do anything with it that without permission would make you directly or secondarily liable for i
325. s of your data enabling you to restore the version of your choice EJ Storage Locations With traditional backup your backed up data is usually stored in a single location for example in a stack of CDs in your office This means that if a natural disaster strikes at that location for example a fire in your office you data along with all of the backups will be lost Cloud backup ensures that your data is stored in multiple locations Restore Options When using traditional backup you must have access to the backup medium in order to restore your data In contrast cloud backup offers multiple restore options including restoring your data from anywhere by downloading it from the cloud backup site For additional restore options see What Restore Options Are Available on page 154 Appliance Configuration Backup When cloud backup runs your appliance s configuration is automatically be backed up to the CTERA Portal from where it can be easily downloaded and used to restore your appliance settings as needed 152 CTERA C Series User Guide Using Cloud Backup 10 How Does the Cloud Backup Service Work The first time cloud backup runs the appliance performs a full cloud backup for the selected folders This may take a long time depending on the size of your data set Subsequent backups are performed incrementally and normally take much less time than the initial backup Only data that has actually changed is upload
326. s type The volume s status This can be either of the following GJ Ready No snapshot operation in progress E Busy A snapshot operation is in progress Total Data The total amount of data on the volume in GB Snapshot Overhead The amount of space on the volume that is used to store snapshots in MB followed by the percentage of the volume that is used to store snapshots Data Reduction NEXT3 stores snapshots efficiently by storing only incremental changes The data reduction field displays the ratio between the actual amount of space used for storing snapshots incrementally and the amount of space which would have been used had the snapshots been stored non incrementally in percentages In other words this field represents the amount of space saved by using an incremental method of storing snapshots The amount of free space on the volume in GB 94 CTERA C Series User Guide Working with Volume Snapshots 8 Table 24 Volume Snapshots Lower Pane Fields This field Displays Date The date and time at which the snapshot was created The snapshot s type This can be any of the following J Online A scheduled or manually taken snapshot that has not been deleted J System The snapshot was taken as part of a system task such as cloud backup or an outgoing synchronization rule so as to so as to ensure that a consistent point in time image of all files is transmitted during backup synchronization Th
327. ser Guide CTERA C200 Specifications and Installation This chapter describes the following EJ The CTERA C200 package contents hardware and specifications CTERA C200 installation E Hard drive installation and removal In This Chapter Package Contents 3 Rear Pale nn nnn nnn anne nnn nnn enn nnn enn n enna nnannannnannannannnannnnnannne nannan 4 Front Panel n nnn n nn nnn nnn nnn nnn nnn nnnnnnaannannasnmannannannmannannmanmnanannmanmnnnennmnnmn nme 6 Technical Specifications nnn nnn n nner nnn nmnnnmanmannnnnmanmannnnnmannn 8 Requirements 9 Installing the CTERA C200 n 0nncnnannnnnnnnnannncnnannnnnaanmannannmanmannannmanmnnnmanmnn 10 Installing a SATA Hard Drive in the CTERA C200 11 Removing a SATA Hard Drive from the CTERA C200 12 Connecting USB DriveS 13 Package Contents Your appliance package contains the following items E CTERA C200 J Power supply cable E Ethernet LAN cable CTERA C Series User Guide 2 CTERA C200 Specifications
328. sers belonging to the domain called domain Domain domain Groups Search the user groups belonging to the domain called domain In the Quick Search field type a string that appears anywhere within the name of the user or group you want to add then click A table of users or groups matching the search string appears Select the desired user or group in the table The user or group appears in the Quick Search field Click Add The user or group is added to the list of users and groups who should have administrative permissions In each user and user group s row click in the Permission column then select the desired access level from the drop down list Options include None Read Only Administrator and Read Write Administrator Thi To remove a user or group in their row click The user or group is removed from the table Click Save 120 CTERA C Series User Guide Sharing Files 9 Configuring FTP Access When FTP access is configured users can access and download shared files from the CTERA FTP Server Tip A Users must authenticate to the CTERA FTP Server using the user name and password defined for them in the appliance in order to access network shares However if desired you can enable anonymous unauthenticated downloads from a specific directory To configure FTP access 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Share gt FTP Server The Share gt FTP Server page appears
329. shot Information 98 Viewing System Logs 310 Viewing the Activity Monitor 304 Viewing the Agent Status 254 Viewing the Appliance Details e 154 330 Viewing the Status Dashboard 297 Viewing Users 264 CTERA C Series User Guide 359 Index WwW What Restore Options Are Available e 158 160 Why Should Use Cloud Backup 157 Windows XP Vista 7 8 35 Workflow 68 92 104 160 194 224 279 323 Working with Backup Sets 159 160 162 Working with iSCSI Targets 83 Working with Volume Snapshots 67 80 91 119 360 CTERA C Series User Guide
330. ssed at local speeds NEXT3 was developed by CTERA to add flexible snapshots to EXT3 along with easy transition from and to EXT3 NEXT3 snapshots are faster to access locally than cloud snapshots regardless of the number of stored snapshots Furthermore you can configure appliance to automatically take NEXT3 snapshots and retain them according to a specified retention policy On the downside NEXT3 snapshots are stored onsite and so are vulnerable to disasters It is recommended to combine NEXT3 snapshots for fast recovery from non disaster situations such as an important file being accidentally overwritten by one of your office employees with cloud snapshots for recovery from major disasters such as flood or fire Tip i NEXT3 Snapshots are available for NAS volumes only SAN volumes do not support snapshots Workflow To use snapshots do the following 1 Enable NEXT3 snapshots for specific volumes See Adding and Editing Logical Volumes on page 73 2 Doone or more of the following J Schedule automatic snapshots and a retention policy for all NEXT3 snapshot enabled volumes See Scheduling Automatic Snapshots on page 89 Snapshots will be taken for all NEXT3 snapshot enabled volumes according to the configured schedule and they will be retained according to the specified retention policy Manually take a snapshot of a selected NEXT3 snapshot enabled volume See Manually Taking Snapshots on page 93 A NEXT3 snapshot
331. st such Contributor by reason of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability Declaration of Conformity The product described in this guide and associated peripherals manufactured by CTERA Networks Ltd to which this declaration relates is in conformity with European Community This product complies with the essential requirements specified in Article 3 1 a and 3 1 b of J Directive 2004 108 EC and 89 336 EEC EMC Directive J Directive 73 23 EEC Low Voltage Directive LVD amp Directive 99 05 EEC Radio Equipment and Telecommunications Terminal Equipment Directive In accordance with the following Harmonized Standards The products are compliant with the following standards and other normative documents EMC EN 55022 2006 Class B EN 55024 1998 A1 2001 A2 2003 EN 61000 3 2 2006 Class A EN 61000 3 3 1995 A1 2001 A2 2005 CTERA C Series User Guide 351 19 Legal Information Safety Low IEC 60950 1 2005 Voltage EN 60950 1 2006 Regulatory Notice to European Customers The CE mark is affixed to this product to demonstrate conformance to the R amp TTE Directive 99 05 EEC Radio Equipment and Telecommunications Terminal Equipment Directive USA amp Canada This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference recei
332. st invitation the path and or URL it contains can no longer be used to access files To delete active guest invitations 1 Doone of the following J To select a guest invitation for deletion out of a list of all active invitations in the system 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Share gt Collaboration The Share gt Collaboration page appears 2 Click View Active Invitations The Manage Invitations window opens E To select a guest invitation for deletion out of a list of all active invitations sent by you in the Files tab s Show Shares tree pane view click My Invitations For information on changing the tree pane view see Changing the Tree Pane View on page 278 The My Invitations window opens 2 Select the desired invitation and then click Delete CTERA C Series User Guide 139 Sharing Files A confirmation message appears 3 Click Yes The guest invitation is deleted 4 Click Close Collaborating on Projects You can easily share files and folders with fellow workers by defining collaboration projects When project collaboration is enabled you can create a project and invite co workers to join the project as project members Project members receive an email notification inviting them to collaborate on the project They can then view files in the project and or add files and folders to the project depending on their permissions Enabling Disabling Project Collaborat
333. suspended until you enable it again To disable a sync rule 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Synchronize gt Sync Rules The Synchronize gt Sync Rules page appears 2 Select the desired sync rule and click Disable The sync rule is disabled To enable a sync rule 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Synchronize gt Sync Rules The Synchronize gt Sync Rules page appears 2 Select the desired sync rule and click Enable 210 CTERA C Series User Guide Synchronizing Folders 11 The sync rule is enabled CTERA C Series User Guide 211 12 Centrally Managing CTERA Agents This chapter explains how to centrally manage CTERA Agents using the Web Interface Tip i For information on installing and using the CTERA Agent on PC refer to the CTERA Agent User Guide In This Chapter Overview 213 Agent Licensing 216 Workflow 216 Downloading and Installing CTERA Agent 217 Configuring Global Settings for All CTERA Agents 220 Opening the CTERA Agent Manager
334. t 2007 Free Software Foundation Inc Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed 342 CTERA C Series User Guide Legal Information 19 Preamble The GNU General Public License is a free copyleft license for software and other kinds of works The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed to take away your freedom to share and change the works By contrast the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change all versions of a program to make sure it remains free software for all its users We the Free Software Foundation use the GNU General Public License for most of our software it applies also to any other work released this way by its authors You can apply it to your programs too When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software and charge for them if you wish that you receive source code or can get it if you want it that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs and that you know you can do these things To protect your rights we need to prevent others from denying you these rights or asking you to surrender the rights Therefore you have certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software or if you modify it
335. t 3 Inthe Run drop down list click the desired backup type The CTERA Agent s status changes to Running and a progress bar appears The CTERA Agent backs up files to the appliance To manually start backup from the CTERA Agent Manager 1 Open the CTERA Agent Manager See Opening the CTERA Agent Manager on page 230 2 Next to the desired backup type click Go A progress bar appears The CTERA Agent backs up files to the appliance Stopping the Current Backup Operation of an Agent To stop the current backup operation from the CTERA Agents page 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Local Backup gt CTERA Agents The Local Backup gt CTERA Agents page appears 2 Select the desired CTERA Agent 3 Click Stop The current backup operation is stopped CTERA C Series User Guide 241 12 Centrally Managing CTERA Agents To stop the current backup operation from the CTERA Agent Manager 1 Open the CTERA Agent Manager See Opening the CTERA Agent Manager on page 230 2 Click Cancel Backup The current backup operation is stopped Disabling and Enabling Agent Backups You can disable local backup for a CTERA Agent including J The currently running local backup for the CTERA Agent J All scheduled automatic local backups for the CTERA Agent When an agent is disabled it remains connected and can still be managed centrally however no backups are performed To disable local backup for an agent
336. t CTERA at its option and expense may either i obtain for You the right to continue to use such Software as contemplated herein ii modify such Software so that it becomes non infringing but without materially altering its functionality iii replace such Software with a functionally equivalent non infringing Product or iv terminate this Agreement and provide you with a refund of the amount paid for the infringing Software 10 3 Exceptions The foregoing does not apply to claims to the extent arising from i the combination of a Software with other products not supplied by or on behalf of CTERA where such claim would not have arisen from the use of the Software standing alone ii compliance by CTERA with Your specifications iii any modification of the Software not made by or on behalf of CTERA where such claim would not have arisen but for such modification or iv where You continue an activity where such claim would not have arisen but for such activity after having received and had a commercially reasonable time to install modifications from CTERA that would have completely avoided the activity 10 4 Entire Liability This section 10 states the entire liability of CTERA and Your exclusive remedy for any proceedings or claims that the Software infringes or misappropriates a third party s intellectual property in respect of which CTERA chooses to provide indemnification 10 5 Requirements for Indemnity You agrees to provide CTERA wit
337. t 12 5Kg excluding hard drives Power Supplies 2 x 400W hot swappable and redundant Requirements Hardware Requirements In order to install the CTERA appliance you will need the following EJ At least one hard drive SATA 3 5 B Anetwork connection or router with DHCP enabled Software Requirements In order to use the appliance Web interface you will need the following E Either Microsoft Internet Explorer 7 0 or later Mozilla Firefox 2 0 or later or Google Chrome 3 0 or later Adobe Flash Player Opening Ports on Your Firewall In order to back up roaming PCs and remote offices outside your network using the CTERA Agent you must open your firewall for the network where the CTERA appliance is located to allow incoming TCP ports 995 and 873 to the CTERA appliance 30 CTERA C Series User Guide CTERA C800 Specifications and Installation 4 Installing the CTERA C800 To install the CTERA C800 1 Install at least one hard drive in the appliance See Installing a SATA Hard Drive in the CTERA C800 on page 32 2 Connect one end of an Ethernet cable to a Gigabit Ethernet port and connect the other end to your Ethernet LAN switch or hub 3 Connecta provided power supply cable to the AC power input socket of Power Supply 1 and connect the other end to the wall outlet 4 Connect a provided power supply cable to the AC power input socket of Power Supply 2 and connect the other end to the wall outlet
338. t from the original version or d Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or authors of the material or e Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some trade names trademarks or service marks or 346 CTERA C Series User Guide Legal Information 19 f Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that material by anyone who conveys the material or modified versions of it with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient for any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on those licensors and authors All other non permissive additional terms are considered further restrictions within the meaning of section 10 If the Program as you received it or any part of it contains a notice stating that it is governed by this License along with a term that is a further restriction you may remove that term If a license document contains a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this License you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms of that license document provided that the further restriction does not survive such relicensing or conveying If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section you must place in the relevant source files a statement of the additional terms that apply to those files or a notice indicating where to find the applicable terms Additional terms permissive or non permissive may b
339. t the appliance configuration from a previously exported configuration file 1 In the Configuration tab s navigation pane click System gt Configuration Tools The System gt Configuration Tools page appears 2 Click Import The Configuration Import wizard opens displaying the Configuration Import dialog box opens Configuration Import Configuration Import seca consgunton bed e xmi to import to this device All existing yN 3 Click Upload and browse to the appliance configuration file The configuration file is imported Once the upload is complete the Configuration Import Completed screen appears Configuration Import Configuration Import Completed gt If any errors occurred during the import they are displayed 4 Click Finish CTERA C Series User Guide 329 18 Maintenance Viewing Attached UPS Device Details You can view general information about attached USB based UPS Uninterruptible Power Supply devices including vendor and model power status estimated remaining protection time and battery charge level If the UPS device s reported state is Low Battery the appliance will automatically initiate an orderly shut down procedure UPS devices that support the USB HID power device class such as those from APC and TrippLite are supported For additional information contact the device vendor To view details about attached UPS devices E In the Configuration tab s navigation pane click
340. t to its name You can also create volumes directly on an empty drive This is called a standalone drive Volume Size Do one of the following EJ Use the slide to indicate the desired size of the volume out of the total array size Type the desired volume size in GB in the field provided Note If snapshots are enabled you cannot decrease the size of the volume Volume Type Select the desired volume type File System NAS A NAS volume which can be accessed using the various file sharing protocols supported by the appliance EJ Raw volume SAN A SAN volume which can be accessed using iSCSI only For more information on volume types see Overview on page 63 Once set the volume type cannot be changed Support snapshots Select this option to enable NEXT3 snapshots for the volume The volume will be installed with the NEXT3 file system and snapshots will automatically be taken of the volume before each cloud backup or outgoing synchronization rule is performed Note This option relates to NEXT3 snapshots only and clearing it will not prevent cloud snapshots from being created For information on types of snapshots see Working with Snapshots see Working with Volume Snapshots on page 87 This option is only available if the volume type is File System NAS CTERA C Series User Guide 77 7 Managing Storage Support quotas Select this option limit the amount of storage space allocated to each volume user
341. t yet been assigned to the user group and the Selected pane lists all users who have been assigned to the user group 5 To add a user to the user group select the desired user in the Available pane then click gt The user appears in the Selected pane 6 To remove a user from the user group select the desired user in the Selected pane then click el The user appears in the Available pane 7 Click Next CTERA C Series User Guide 259 13 Managing Users The Wizard Completed screen appears Group Editor Wizard x Wizard Completed z Click Finish to modify the group s details 8 Click Finish Table 51 User Group Fields In this field Do this Group GID Optional Type a numeric ID to assign the group This field is optional Comment Optional Type a description of the user group This field is optional Deleting User Groups Tip A Deleting a user group does not delete the group members Tip A The groups Read Only Administrators and Administrators are built in It is not possible to delete the built in user groups To delete a user group 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Users gt User Groups The Users gt User Groups page appears 2 Select the desired user group and click Delete A confirmation message appears 260 CTERA C Series User Guide Managing Users 13 3 Click Yes The user group is deleted Tip i If the deleted user group had been grante
342. ted 5 To encrypt files using a secure 256 bit encryption key automatically generated by your appliance before backing up the files online choose Allow CTERA to automatically generate and store my encryption key For increased security you can optionally secure your files further with a secret passphrase that is known only to you by doing the following 1 Choose will provide a secret passphrase My files cannot be accessed without this passphrase 2 Click Next The Backup Passphrase dialog box appears Setup Wizard x Backup Passphrase Please select a passphrase to encrypt your backed up data Keep your passphrase in a safe place If you lose your passphrase you will be unable to recover your data CTERA does not have access to your passphrase SS So 3 Inthe Passphrase and Retype passphrase fields type the passphrase you want to use for accessing your files The Passphrase Strength field displays the passphrase s strength Warning g Your passphrase is completely confidential and CTERA does not retain it online or Le offline It is therefore important to keep this passphrase in a safe place as there is no way of retrieving it if you lose it Without this passphrase you cannot access your files Tip You can change your passphrase in the CTERA Portal however you need to remember the passphrase in order to do so 8 Click Next CTERA C Series User Guide 47 5 Getting Started The
343. that they too receive or can get the source code And you must show them these terms so they know their rights We protect your rights with two steps 1 copyright the software and 2 offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy distribute and or modify the software Also for each author s protection and ours we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software If the software is modified by someone else and passed on we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors reputations Finally any free program is threatened constantly by software patents We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses in effect making the program proprietary To prevent this we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone s free use or not licensed at all The precise terms and conditions for copying distribution and modification follow GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 0 This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License The Program below refers to any such program or work and a work based on the Program means either th
344. the selected files will be recreated Files that exist on your computer but which do not exist in cloud storage or were not selected for restoration will not be affected To restore files the appliance must be connected to the CTERA Portal To restore backed up files from the Cloud Backup Control Panel 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Cloud Backup gt Control Panel The Cloud Backup gt Control Panel page appears 2 Click Restore 176 CTERA C Series User Guide Using Cloud Backup 10 The Restore Files Wizard opens displaying the Select Files to Restore dialog box Restore Files Wizard Select Files to Restore Select the backup to restore from then click Next i Select All fq Clear All Snapshot Jul 06 22 32 PM v J E backups Name Type Size Modified mi E public No results found A m Se 3 Inthe Snapshot drop down list select the date and time of the snapshot from which you want to restore files 4 Specify which files and folders you want to restore by doing any of the following To select individual files and folders 1 Inthe left pane expand the nodes and click on the desired folders The folder contents appear in the right pane 2 Select the check boxes next to the desired folders and files For an explanation of the icons and check boxes next to each folder see Folder Icons page 156 To select all files click Select All To un select all files
345. there This can be done by administrators only J The Virtual Cloud Drive CTERA C Series User Guide 175 10 Using Cloud Backup This can be done by both administrators and end users See Restoring Files and Folders from a Cloud Snapshot Using the Virtual Cloud Drive on page 180 Microsoft Windows Previous Versions Interface This can be done by both administrators and end users See Restoring Files and Folders Using Microsoft Windows Previous Versions Interface on page 181 The appliance Web interface s Files Manager This can be done by both administrators and end users See Restoring Files and Folders from a Cloud NEXT3 Snapshot Using the File Manager on page 182 In addition you can restore files and folders from cloud or NEXT3 snapshots to a CTERA Agent using the following method E The CTERA Agent Manager s Restore tab This can be done by both administrators only See Restoring Files and Folders from the Appliance to the Agent on page 244 Restoring Files and Folders from the Cloud Backup Control Panel You can restore individual files or folders that were backed up to cloud storage Alternatively you can simultaneously restore all backed up files and folders in order to roll back your disk contents to a previous point in time Note that if the same files already exist on your computer they will be overwritten with the files you selected for restoration Files that have been deleted since the date of
346. this Agreement of a the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods and b the 1974 Convention on the Limitation Period in the International Sale of Goods as amended by that certain Protocol done at Vienna on April 11 1980 11 3 All disputes arising out of this Agreement will be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the competent courts of Tel Aviv Israel and the parties agree and submit to the personal and exclusive jurisdiction and venue of these courts except that nothing will prohibit CTERA from instituting an action in any court of competent jurisdiction to obtain injunctive relief or protect or enforce its intellectual property rights 338 CTERA C Series User Guide Legal Information 19 11 4 The failure of CTERA to exercise or enforce any right or provision of this Agreement does not constitute a waiver of such right or provision If for any reason a court of competent jurisdiction finds any provision or portion of this Agreement to be unenforceable the remainder of this Agreement will continue in full force and effect 11 5 This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between CTERA and You with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and replaces all prior or contemporaneous understandings or agreements written or oral regarding such subject matter Any waiver of any provision of this Agreement will be effective only if in writing and signed by CTERA 11 6 You may not assign o
347. tings page appears ctera i MY COMPUTERS FILES CONFIGURATION Q Share gt AFP Settings Main Apple File Sharing Settings Local Backup pp 9 g Bihi Z Enable Apple File Sharing Users Enable Time Machine 7 Share Shares Time Machine Share public MS Collaboration Home Directories Windows File Sharing Save Revert FIP Server RSync Server AFP Settings NFS Settings Storage oh Search Event Log Alerts Cloud Services System Logout Restart elp amp admin vhrikf2 team ctera com 3 2 12 0 2 Complete the fields using the following table 3 Click Save 124 CTERA C Series User Guide Sharing Files 9 Table 28 AFP Settings Fields In this field Do this Enable Apple File Sharing Select this option to enable Apple File Sharing The Enable Time Machine field is enabled Enable Time Machine Select this option to enable storing Apple Time Machine backup files on the appliance The Time Machine Share field is enabled Time Machine Share Select the network share on which Apple Time Machine backup files should be stored Configuring NFS Access When Network File System NFS access is enabled clients with certain IP addresses can access network shares on the appliance as if the shares were located on the client s hard drive For information see Mounting Network Shares Using NFS on page 148 To configure NFS access 1 Inthe Configuration tab s nav
348. tions 132 Collaborating on Projects 140 Accessing Network ShareS 146 Overview You can create folders on a volume and share the contents of those folders across your network In order to share a given folder you must define a network share that includes the folder A network share can be defined on the entire volume or on a specific folder in the volume Once you have defined network shares users can access them using any of the configured file sharing protocols Tip A The following shares are created automatically E public A public share with read write permission for all users tJ backup The default destination for CTERA Agent and Clientless Backups GJ users The default location for storing user home directories This share is automatically created when the home directories feature is enabled EJ projects The default location for storing projects This share is automatically created when the collaboration feature is enabled CTERA C Series User Guide 99 9 Sharing Files Workflow In order to share files across your network you must perform the following steps 1 Configure the folders that you want to share by doing the following a Add a network share on a fold
349. tire user group can then be granted access rights to network shares and the access rights will apply to all members of the user group J Add the user to the built in Read Only Administrators user group which includes read only access rights to the appliance Web interface The user will then be able to view the settings in the Configuration tab but not modify them E Add the user to the built in Administrators user group which includes read write access rights to the appliance Web interface The user will then be able to view and modify settings in the Configuration tab CTERA C Series User Guide 251 13 Managing Users Tip Adding and Editing Users To add or edit a user Tip Tip Users and user groups are granted access rights to network shares during share configuration See Sharing Files on page 99 Users are added to user groups during user group configuration See Adding and Editing User Groups on page 258 Users that are not members of the Administrators or Read Only Administrators user groups will not be able to view the Configuration tab 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Users gt Users The Users gt Users page appears ctera Q Users gt Users Main Users Local Backup z View 2 Local Users Cloud Backup Username 2 admin Users 2 ich Groups da Dhns Share Storage Search Event Log Alerts Cloud Services System Page 1of1 Logout A Restart
350. to achieve interoperability between the Software and other computer programs C request from CTERA the information necessary to achieve such interoperability D provide CTERA ample opportunity to supply the information necessary to achieve interoperability 1 3 CTERA has no obligation to provide support maintenance upgrades modifications or new releases of the Software under this Agreement You may contact CTERA or its authorized resellers to determine the availability of such support maintenance distribution or upgrade of the Software and the fees terms and conditions applicable thereto 2 Intellectual Property 2 1 You acknowledge that CTERA or other third parties own all right title and interest including all intellectual property rights in and to the Software portions thereof or software or content provided through or in conjunction with the Software Except for the license granted in accordance with Section 1 of this Agreement all rights in and to the Software are reserved no licenses implied or otherwise are granted by CTERA You are not authorized to use CTERA s trademarks service marks or trade dress and You agree not to display or use them in any manner 2 2 If You have comments on the Software or ideas on how to improve it please contact us By doing so You also grant CTERA a perpetual royalty free irrevocable transferable license with right of sublicense to use and incorporate Your ideas or comments into the S
351. twork with this device a Move to Trash Can b 20 3 Complete the fields using the information in the following table 4 Click Next 190 CTERA C Series User Guide Synchronizing Folders 11 The Wizard Completed screen appears 5 Click Finish CTERA C Series User Guide 191 11 Synchronizing Folders Table 37 Clientless Backup Wizard Fields In this field Do this Synchronize Use the arrows to specify how many times a day the remote folders should be backed up Destination Share Select the local appliance network share with which the remote folders should be backed up Clientless Backup will automatically create subdirectories under this network share for each backed up folder Deleted File Handling Specify how deleted files should be handled by selecting one of the following Keep Deleted Files Files deleted in the source folder should be kept and not deleted in the destination folder For example if you chose to back up a local folder to a remote server and one of the files in the folder is deleted locally the file will not be deleted on the remote server Move to Trash Can Files deleted in the source folder should be moved from the destination folder to the Trash Can folder The trash can is a folder called Trash J Delete Files deleted in the source folder should be permanently deleted from the destination folder The default value is Delete R
352. type the user name for your CTERA Portal account In the Password field type the password for your CTERA Portal account Nn O a FF WwW Click Next Your appliance connects to the CTERA Portal and is added to your CTERA Portal account The Connect to Services Completed screen appears Connect to Services x Connect to Services Completed 8 Click Finish The Cloud Services gt Status page displays information about your CTERA Portal account and services The CTERA Portal area should display Connected and the Subscription Information area should display OK next to the services to which you are subscribed Viewing Service Information You can view information about your connection to the CTERA Portal and your subscription services To view service information In the Configuration tab s navigation pane click Cloud Services gt Status CTERA C Series User Guide 51 6 Using Cloud Services The Cloud Services gt Status page appears ER ctera CS Se gt Main Local Backup CTERA Portal Cloud Backup Users Share ys Connected to ctera ctera com Storage CE Connection Duration 20 seconds Search E Server Address 174 129 244 61 Event Log Alerts Cloud Services e Subscription Information Status Service Name Status More Info Remote Access Management and Monitoring ok Cloud Drive JE Remote Access ok gt DDNS ok saral ctera ctera com Cloud Backup
353. ug 03 2013 09 2 749 09MB e Cloud Restore Browse About i B Three weeks ago 1 _ 5 File Level Jul 23 2013 12 59PM 606 82MB S Cloud Restore Browse Es File level Backup Explorer Integration The Location field specifies whether the backup is stored locally in a NEXT3 snapshot fad A or in the cloud Accessing local snapshots is faster 3 To view the files included in a backup click the Browse link for the desired backup The Files tab opens displaying the files CTERA C Series User Guide 243 12 Centrally Managing CTERA Agents Restoring Files and Folders from the Appliance to the Agent To restore files and folders 1 View CTERA Agent backups See Viewing Agent Backups on page 243 2 Next to the desired backup click Restore The Restore Files from Backup Wizard opens x Restore Files from Backup This wizard will restore files from this device to PC Select the files and applications to restore Snapshot 4 Jul 16 2012 07 57PM i af As Name Type Size Modified 3 To view a folder s contents select the folder in the left pane The selected folder s contents appear in the right pane 4 Ineither pane select the check boxes next to the files and folders you want to restore For an explanation of the icons and check boxes next to each folder see Folder Icons page 156 5 Click Next 244 CTERA C Series User Guide Centrally Managing CTERA Agents 12
354. ups who should have access to the network share For information on editing users see Adding and Editing Users on page 252 amp 14 To remove a user or user group in their row click The user or user group is removed from the table 15 In each user and user group s row click in the Permission column then select the desired access level from the drop down list Options include None Read Only and Read Write 106 CTERA C Series User Guide Sharing Files 9 The Wizard Completed screen appears 1x Network Share Wizard Wizard Completed Click Finish to add a new network share 17 Click Finish The network share is added Table 25 Network Share Access Options Select this option To specify that Only Authenticated Users Users will be required to authenticate using their appliance user name and password in order to access the network share Public Read Write Users will be able to read and write to this network share using Windows File Sharing and will not be required to enter their user name and password Public Read Users will be able to read files from this network share using Windows File Sharing and will not be required to enter their user name and password Deleting Network Shares To delete a network share 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Share gt Shares The Share gt Shares page appears 2 Select the desired network share and click R
355. ure to view network shares when Windows File Sharing is configured For information see Configuring Windows File Sharing on page 114 To view a network share using Windows File Sharing 1 On a computer connected to the same switch as the appliance view the network neighborhood by doing one of the following J In Microsoft Windows 7 click Start gt Computer then click Network in the left pane GJ In Microsoft Windows Vista click Start gt Network J In Microsoft Windows XP click Start gt My Network Places then click View workgroup computers Double click the appliance icon TS 9 c200 In Windows 7 and Vista the icon is TRA in Windows XP it is A list of network shares appears 146 CTERA C Series User Guide Sharing Files 9 Tip i When accessing a network share if your user name and password on the computer are identical to a user name and password on the appliance then the computer will automatically log in to the share using that user name and password You will not be prompted to authenticate In all other cases a pop up window will appear and you must authenticate using a valid user name and password Synchronizing Files with the RSync Server Use this procedure to synchronize files between the appliance and a local folder when RSync Access is configured For information see Configuring RSync Access on page 123 To synchronize files with the RSync Server E Run t
356. ved including interference that may cause undesired operation This Class B Digital apparatus Complies with Canadian Standard ICES 003 The products are compliant with the following standards EMC FCC Part 15 Class B CISPR 22 1997 A1 2000 ICES 003 2004 Safety Low CAN CAS C22 2 No 60950 1 Voltage UL60950 1 352 CTERA C Series User Guide Legal Information 19 Federal Communications Commission Radio Frequency Interference Statement Products comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual may cause harmful interference to radio communications Shielded cables must be used with this equipment to maintain compliance with FCC regulations Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the manufacturer could void the user s authority to operate the equipment RoHS amp WEEE CTERA Networks is proudly committed to the protection and preservation of the environment This device complies with EU Directive on the Restriction of the use of certain Hazardous Substances in electrical and electronic equipment ROHS 2002 95 EC and Directive of the European Parliament and of the C
357. vided type a new name for the file folder Click OK Selecting Files and Folders To select a file or folder E Inthe File Manager s right pane do one of the following J To select a single file folder click on the file folder s row J To select multiple files press and hold the CTRL key while clicking on the desired files or folders J To select all items in the current folder click Actions and then click Select All or press CTRL A J To select a range of files press and hold the Shift key click the file at the start of the range and then click on the file at the end of the range Deleting Files and Folders To delete a file or folder 1 In the File Manager navigate to the desired files folders See Navigating Between Folders on page 278 Select the desired file or folder See Selecting Files and Folders on page 283 Click Actions and then click Delete A confirmation message appears Click Yes CTERA C Series User Guide 283 16 Using the File Manager The selected items are deleted Copying Moving Files and Folders To copy or move files or folders 1 Inthe File Manager navigate to the desired files folders See Navigating Between Folders on page 278 2 Select the desired file or folder See Selecting Files and Folders on page 283 3 Doone of the following J To copy the selected items click Actions and then click Copy or press CTRL C J To move the selected items
358. w E In the right pane click View and then select the desired view Refreshing the View To refresh the view ie B Inthe upper bar click The view is refreshed Viewing File or Folder Details To view a file or folder s details 1 In the File Manager navigate to the desired file folder See Navigating Between Folders on page 278 The file folder appears in the right pane When viewing the cloud drive synchronization folder root cloud each file is marked with an icon indicating its current synchronization status In the Large Icons view files that are in sync are marked with the icon and files that are currently synchronizing are marked with the S icon When viewing the folder in the Details view the synchronization status is displayed in the Sync Status column In the right pane click on the file folder The file folder s details appear at the bottom of the right pane If in Details view the file folder s details are displayed in the table as well For information on changing the view see Changing the Right Pane View on page 279 CTERA C Series User Guide 279 16 Using the File Manager Downloading Files and Folders You can download individual files multiple files or entire folders To download an individual file 1 Inthe File Manager navigate to the desired file See Navigating Between Folders on page 278 2 Inthe right pane do one of the following GJ If in the Large Icons view
359. we Share gt Collaboration Main eee Collaboration Cloud Backup Users Ne d A Guest Invitations Off ON Share h 4 i Guest invitations enable users to create public URLs for H viewing or collaborating on files stored on this device Lissa gt B Settings View Active Invitations m oF Collaboration Home Directories Windows File Sharing FTP Server 2 A Project Collaboration Off ON RSync Server f A Project collaboration enables users to invite other users AFP Settings to view and collaborate on projects NFS Settings D Settings ore Storage Search Event Log Alerts th Cloud Services System Logout Restart Heip admin saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 2 Slide the Guest Invitations lever to the ON position CTERA C Series User Guide 133 9 Sharing Files Guest invitations are enabled and you can now configure the desired settings See Configuring Guest Invitation Settings on page 134 Ce C200 ctera CONFIGURATION Share gt Collaboration Main TE EE Collaboration Cloud Backup Users Guest Invitations On ON Share a b fs j Guest invitations enable users to create public URLs for ch x viewing or collaborating on files stored on this device e ares k A AERE E B Settings View Active Invitations SiZ ol Home Directories Windows File Sharing FTP Server 2 A Project Collaboration Off on RSync Server Project collaboration enables users
360. with reasonable efforts You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the rights granted or affirmed under this License For example you may not impose a license fee royalty or other charge for exercise of rights granted under this License and you may not initiate litigation including a cross claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit alleging that any patent claim is infringed by making using selling offering for sale or importing the Program or any portion of it 11 Patents A contributor is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based The work thus licensed is called the contributor s contributor version CTERA C Series User Guide 347 19 Legal Information A contributor s essential patent claims are all patent claims owned or controlled by the contributor whether already acquired or hereafter acquired that would be infringed by some manner permitted by this License of making using or selling its contributor version but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a consequence of further modification of the contributor version For purposes of this definition control includes the right to grant patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of this License Each contributor grants you a non exclusive worldwide royalty free patent license under the contributor s essential patent claims to mak
361. wn The order in which domains appear in the table represents the order in which the domains will appear in drop down lists throughout the appliance interface for example when managing access rights to projects 5 To remove a domain in their row click The domain is removed from the table 6 Click Save Granting Administrative Permissions to Active Directory Users Groups By default all Active Directory users and groups have no administrative permissions If desired you can grant them administrative permissions To grant administrative permissions to Active Directory users groups in a domain environment 1 Configure Windows file sharing for one domain in the tree forest See Configuring Windows File Sharing for an Individual Active Directory Domain on page 117 New links appear in the Domain Workgroup area 2 Click Configure Permissions CTERA C Series User Guide 119 9 Sharing Files The Configure Permissions dialog box opens Configure Permissions Configure administrative permissions for Active Directory groups and users 5p Domaini Groups v on A Name Permission 4h Domain1 Domain Administrators Read Write Administrator N 5p Domain1 Domain Administrators Read Write Administrator B Add each user and group who should have administrative permissions by doing the following a In the drop down list in the upper left corner select one of the following Domain domain Users Search the u
362. x The included set is disabled CTERA C Series User Guide 157 10 Using Cloud Backup At the bottom of the workspace the Selected Files field indicates the size of the files selected for backup The Cloud Storage Usage field indicates the amount of used space in your account after the next cloud backup operation including backups from any other CTERA appliances included in your account Adding and Editing Included Sets To add or edit an included set 1 In the Configuration tab s navigation pane click Cloud Backup gt Backup Sets The Cloud Backup gt Backup Sets page appears Do one of the following To add a new included set click New To edit an existing included set click on its name The Backup Set Details Wizard opens displaying the Backup Set Details dialog box Backup Set Details x Backup Set Details Enter the details of this backup set then click Next x 2 all of the conditions are true ve Aad condition No conditions are defined all selected files will be induded In the Backup Set Name field type the name of the backup set In the Comment field type a description of the backup set In the If field do one of the following To specify that all of the conditions must be met in order for a file to be included in the backup set select all of the conditions are true To specify that one or more of the conditions must be met in order for a file to be included in t
363. y to install CTERA Agent on your computer Click Next to start the installation 9 Click Next CTERA C Series User Guide 219 12 Centrally Managing CTERA Agents The Installing CTERA Agent screen appears with a progress bar and the CTERA Agent is installed on your computer Installing CTERA Agent cte ra CTERA Agent is being installed Please wait The Installation Complete screen appears jt J Ss Installation Complete cte ra CTERA Agent has been successfully installed Click Close to exit 10 Click Close CTERA Agent is added to the Windows Start menu and an icon is added to the Windows taskbar Configuring Global Settings for All CTERA Agents Global configuration settings include automatic file level and disk level backup scheduling selection of the target network share on the appliance file types that should be backed up and more 220 CTERA C Series User Guide Centrally Managing CTERA Agents 12 Configuring Global General Settings To configure global general settings for all CTERA Agents 1 Inthe Configuration tab s navigation pane click Local Backup gt CTERA Agents The Local Backup gt CTERA Agents page appears _ _ ctera Main MY COMPUTERS C200 conriouasnon as CTERA Agents 3 ai oe CTERA Agents ed Manage s Delete Opn Clientiless Backup T
364. ype Name Sync Rules Tosh Cloud Backup Users Share Storage Search Event Log Alerts Cloud Services System f Destination backups Local Disk Space Usage EEE 269GB of 465GB 58 OStop Status Onine Oe e disable GBConfiguration ME Download Agent Event Log Progress Last Filetevel Ba Last Disk level Ba Owner Vers Completed 17 NJA amp admin 4 0 1 Workstation Agents 1 Server Agents 0 E Logout Restat Heip 2 Click Configuration amp admin saralctera ctera com 4 0 12 0 The Global Agents Settings window opens displaying the Settings tab Global Agent Settings Global Agent Settings These settings apply to all CTERA Agents Fei Destination Share Settings Use SSL Connection Maximum Concurrent Backups FileJevel Allow user to configure the agent Backup Disk level Backup Software Updates volt Automatic 5 Ea Ex Ge CTERA C Series User Guide 221 12 Centrally Managing CTERA Agents 3 Complete the fields using the information in General Settings Fields 4 Click Save 222 CTERA C Series User Guide Centrally Managing CTERA Agents 12 Table 43 General Settings Fields In this field Destination Share Use SSL Connection Maximum Concurrent Backups Allow user to configure the agent Do this Select the local appliance network share with whi
365. zard allows you to define j a network share that can be accessed by users Please specify a name for this share 5 Inthe Network Share Name field type a name for the share By default the folder s name is filled in 6 Optional In the Comment field type a description of the network share 7 Click Next The Sharing Protocols dialog box appears Network Share Wizard x Sharing Protocols gt Select the protocols through which you want to expose the selected directory Only Authenticated Users bi is v v W 8 Select the protocols through which you want to expose the network share Windows File Sharing is selected by default and cannot be unselected 9 To enable full text search for the share select Full Text Search CTERA C Series User Guide 109 9 Sharing Files For information on full text search see Up Full Text Search see Setting Up File Search on page 271 10 Inthe Windows File Sharing drop down list specify tSetting see Setting Up File Search on page 271 he permitted level of access to the network share via Windows File Sharing by selecting one of the options described in Share Access Options page 107 11 Click Next The NFS UNIX File Sharing dialog box appears Network Share Wizard x NFS UNIX File Sharing NFS access is based on client host IP addresses Choose the clients to i which you want to offer access The NFS mount path for this share is sh

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

一人一人がスピーカボックス作りへのねがいを 明確にしていくコンピュータ    König HAV-CR26WH  2 - MTRL ID  Samsung Galaxy Y Duos Užívateľská príručka    台所用シングルレバー混合栓 （ハンドシャワータイプ）  SURELAM Series Manual  Hikvision Digital Technology DS-2CE56C2N-IT3 surveillance camera  - Airports Authority of India  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file